Month: July 2025

  • Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 10, 2025: Local and Regional Affairs, Advancements, Initiatives, Economic Diversification, Geopolitical Strategies

    Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 10, 2025: Local and Regional Affairs, Advancements, Initiatives, Economic Diversification, Geopolitical Strategies

    This extensive collection of sources primarily focuses on Saudi Arabia’s advancements and initiatives across various sectors. It highlights the Kingdom’s economic diversification efforts, including reforms in the labor market, investments in renewable energy like geothermal, and the promotion of non-oil sectors. The text also underscores cultural and societal development, featuring international collaborations in arts and intellectual property, educational programs for gifted students, and efforts to preserve local dialects. Furthermore, it touches upon geopolitical strategies, showcasing Saudi Arabia’s diplomatic role in regional conflicts and its commitment to humanitarian aid, alongside discussions on domestic sports and health issues.

    Podcast

    01
    Listen or Download Podcast : Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 10, 2025

    Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030: Economic and Social Transformation

    Saudi Arabia is actively pursuing a wide range of economic reforms, primarily under the ambitious Vision 2030, with the goal of diversifying its economy, improving productivity, and enhancing the quality of life for its citizens. These reforms span various sectors, including the labor market, regulatory bodies, strategic industries, and the digital economy. The Kingdom’s vision aims for a comprehensive and balanced modern nation, moving beyond a focus on any single sector to a broader set of priorities including education, economy, health, tourism, technology, and culture.

    Labor Market Transformation The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has praised the tangible results of Saudi labor market reforms, noting a decrease in unemployment rates and a significant increase in employment in the private sector. The unemployment rate among Saudi citizens has continued to decline, reaching 6.3% in the first quarter of 2025, which is a notable improvement compared to previous years and indicates that the Saudi economy is actively creating more opportunities for its citizens. A remarkable aspect of these reforms is the increase in women’s participation in the labor market, which reached 36.3% in the first quarter of 2025, up from 19.7% in 2018. This is considered one of the most important social and economic transformations in the Kingdom’s modern history and reflects the success of the policies and evolving social standards. The unemployment rate among Saudi women has also fallen to a historic low of 10.5%. The private sector is playing an increasingly vital role in job creation, with more Saudi citizens finding sustainable employment outside the government sector. This transformation is supported by continuous reforms aimed at enhancing productivity and developing skills, involving employers. The IMF also highlighted a rise in wages for high-skilled jobs, reflecting growing demand for advanced competencies in fields like engineering, digital services, and the financial sector. The IMF emphasized the importance of continuing to develop and qualify national cadres in these sectors to enhance competitiveness and long-term wage stability. The Deputy Minister of Human Resources and Social Development for Labor affirmed that the IMF’s statement underscores the scale of the transformation in the Saudi labor market and the effectiveness of the labor market strategy in achieving tangible results. The IMF also noted that the Kingdom’s adoption of a higher fiscal policy than budgeted in 2025 is an appropriate measure to mitigate the impact of cyclical fluctuations that could exacerbate economic downturns resulting from lower oil prices.

    Governmental and Regulatory Enhancements The Shura Council has been active in proposing reforms across various sectors:

    • Financial Market: It called on the Capital Market Authority to study establishing a special market for qualified investors to trade debt instruments backed by real estate mortgages and to expand dual listing of shares.
    • Municipal and Housing: Recommendations included finding funding solutions for basic services in housing grant projects, speeding up studies for a comprehensive flood plan, and encouraging the establishment of non-profit organizations related to the Ministry’s tasks. It also pushed for reviewing and amending municipality classifications based on growth and density, and re-evaluating housing support programs and residential unit design standards. The Shura Council further urged the Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs and Housing to collaborate with relevant entities to update regional and local plans for all cities, governorates, and centers across the Kingdom.
    • Vocational Training: The Council approved studies for launching expansive training and vocational improvements in promising investment areas, aligning with the Public Investment Fund, and emphasizing enhanced efficiency in managing human capabilities development initiatives. It also stressed the importance of accelerating the accreditation of all training facilities and enabling their human resources through advanced international scholarships in technical and vocational fields, while expanding partnerships with the private and non-profit sectors for funding and operating training facilities.
    • Energy: It urged the Ministry of Energy to raise awareness of its strategy and accelerate the readiness of Public Investment Fund factories for renewable energy projects, calling for the private sector to establish electric vehicle charging stations.
    • Water Sector: The Council recommended the Saudi Water Authority develop a strategy for its academy and programs to build capabilities, ensure government entities adhere to wastewater services, and transform innovative ideas into startups. It also pressed for a review of wastewater contract assignments by the National Water Company to promote fair competition and prevent monopolistic practices affecting consumers. The Minister of Environment, Water, and Agriculture expressed gratitude for the approval of the new regulation for the General Organization for Irrigation, highlighting it as a pivotal step to manage treated water and integrate dam management into the national water system, enhancing water security and diversification.
    • Public Health: Recommendations included developing guiding documents for epidemiological surveillance of infectious diseases, enhancing community awareness about safe food-contact plastics, and an early detection initiative for brain diseases, especially for the elderly, by the Public Health Authority. The Council of Ministers’ adoption of “World Drowning Prevention Day” reflects the leadership’s support for the health sector and the Kingdom’s commitment to human health and safety, aligning with Vision 2030’s “Health Transformation Program”. This policy has already reduced drowning-related fatalities by 17%, saving significant economic burdens. Hospital accreditation, such as “Friend of the Child” received by Ohud Hospital in Madinah, aims to provide optimal care for mothers and children and reduce rates of diseases related to early childhood nutrition. The Riyadh First Health Cluster also launched a “Summer with Health” initiative to provide medical consultations and comprehensive treatment services, along with awareness programs, aiming to raise health awareness and facilitate access to specialized services. King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Center demonstrated an “integrated care system” for a rare genetic disorder, culminating in a successful liver transplant, the first of its kind globally for the specific condition, highlighting the Kingdom’s investment in quality healthcare.
    • Royal Institute: The Shura Council demanded setting quality standards for projects and expanding professional programs for traditional heritage.
    • Geological Survey: It called for completing exploration and expanding mineral resources in the Arabian Shield to include the sedimentary cover area, offering them as investment opportunities.
    • Family Affairs: The Shura Council emphasized the necessity of a comprehensive study to review systems and regulations related to family affairs to introduce legal provisions that consider the balance between work and family life. This includes flexible work hours and expanding remote work opportunities for women to support parents in raising their children and achieve work-life balance. It also highlighted the importance of protecting families from financial fraud and cybercrimes through awareness and education. The General Presidency for the Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice inaugurated a new cybersecurity administration, reflecting the Kingdom’s progress and commitment to achieving a high level of cybersecurity amidst its full electronic transformation. The General Presidency also received five ISO certifications in risk management, quality, business continuity, and compliance, reflecting its commitment to international standards and continuous improvement. A program supporting vulnerable groups embodies the Kingdom’s commitment to providing an integrated environment for the needy, with the Social Development Bank exceeding 160 billion riyals in cumulative financing, benefiting over 10 million people and supporting the national economy and financial inclusion. The General Authority of Zakat, Tax and Customs recorded 1334 cases of prohibited items at land, sea, and air customs outlets, as part of continuous efforts to enhance security and protect society from all types of prohibited items.

    Strategic Sector Development and Sustainability Saudi Aramco is integrating sustainable practices into its strategy, focusing on climate change, energy transition, and environmental impact reduction. It’s increasingly replacing oil with gas in power generation, aiming for over 60% increase in gas production by 2030 compared to 2021. The company actively seeks to reduce methane emissions and improve energy efficiency across all its operations. Aramco is involved in establishing the world’s largest carbon capture and storage project in Jubail and exploring investments in blue hydrogen and mineral exploration with Ma’aden. Aramco has significantly increased local content spending in its supply chain (from 35% to 67%) and is keen on integrating artificial intelligence to enhance efficiency and reduce emissions. The Eastern Province Municipality and Lucid Motors signed a memorandum of understanding to expand the infrastructure for electric vehicles, supporting smart transportation and environmental preservation, aligning with Vision 2030’s goals for quality of life and sustainable transportation. The National Program for Combating Commercial Concealment conducted 8,007 inspection visits during the second quarter of 2025, revealing violations and the practice of professions by unqualified individuals, particularly in the engineering sector. The Riyadh Chamber of Commerce and Industry urged stricter oversight to protect the engineering profession and support national offices. The National Program for the Development of Livestock and Fisheries announced plans to increase milk production by improving dairy cows through genetic enhancement and genotyping techniques over the next five years. This initiative aims to improve herd productivity by 25% to 90% and reduce the incidence of genetic diseases and production-related issues by up to 60%. The expansion of seasonal fodder production is aimed at strengthening livestock by providing good quality local feed, mitigating the impact of international market fluctuations, and contributing to reducing imports. This also helps in breaking the cycle of harmful weeds and reducing land degradation. Furthermore, large green fields act as significant carbon storage, supporting the Kingdom’s efforts to achieve carbon neutrality, and enhancing biodiversity. The Kingdom also has significant potential in geothermal energy, particularly in the western regions, which could play a crucial role in diversifying energy sources and reducing reliance on oil. In the health sector, Saudi research centers are participating in the growth of cancer treatments, including conducting clinical trials for CAR-T and CAR-NK cell therapies. These advanced therapies aim to overcome the challenges of high cost, long production times, and severe side effects of traditional CAR-T therapies, making them more accessible and effective for patients.

    Digital Economy and Service Sector Evolution The Saudi food delivery market is projected to grow significantly, from $9-10 billion in 2024-2025 to $13-16 billion by 2030, with an annual growth rate of 8-9%. The Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs and Housing launched the “Home Delivery Permit” (mandatory since July) via the “Balady” platform to regulate food and non-food delivery services, ensuring quality and safety. Concerns persist regarding companies’ adherence, leading to calls for stricter oversight, penalties for violations, and addressing issues like reckless motorcycle delivery behavior. Proposed solutions include using eco-friendly vehicles, adopting AI/robotics, smart delivery containers, and localizing the delivery profession. The Public Investment Fund is encouraged to establish a national company for home delivery, especially for food, drawing on its proven success in elevating service quality in other sectors, such as the security services provided by “Safe” company. The Al-Qassim region launched a digital platform for afforestation as part of its efforts towards environmental sustainability and to enhance the green cover, making it easier for environmental enthusiasts to communicate and access information on afforestation projects. The King Salman Global Academy for the Arabic Language is working on documenting 52 local dialects for its “Sounds of the Kingdom” project, integrating artificial intelligence generative technologies to convert spoken language into text, aiming to enhance the use and spread of Saudi dialects. The Saudi tourism sector showed growth in the first quarter of 2025, with hotel room occupancy reaching 63%, compared to 50.7% for serviced apartments. The number of licensed hotel buildings increased from 2,300 in 2023 to 4,000 in 2024, and the number of hotel rooms from 280,000 to 475,000 in the same period. The tourism minister indicated that Saudi Arabia is ready to host the FIFA World Cup in 2034, with plans to increase hotel rooms significantly by 2030. The Saudi Federation for Sports for All launched “ASICS Innovation,” a program in partnership with ASICS to stimulate entrepreneurial companies within the Kingdom to develop digital solutions that enhance community participation in physical activity. This initiative aligns with the Kingdom’s goal to increase physical activity among adults to 64% and among younger age groups to 21% by 2030. The Kingdom is also hosting major international sports events, such as the World Billiards Championship in Jeddah, which provides a historical opportunity for Saudi and regional players to compete with international professionals and develop young talents.

    Gulf Diplomacy Amidst Middle East Escalation

    The sources discuss various aspects of regional stability, particularly in the context of recent escalations in the Middle East, and the diplomatic efforts of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) states to manage these tensions.

    Recent Regional Tensions: The Middle East experienced significant escalation in mid-June 2025, marked by a direct and intense military confrontation between Israel and Iran that lasted twelve days, dubbed the “Twelve-Day War”. Unlike previous conflicts, this confrontation was not confined to traditional adversaries but expanded to affect areas of influence, vital corridors, and bases globally. This included an Iranian attack on the American “Al-Udeid” military base in Qatar, which was seen as a shocking event that redefined the boundaries of engagement and highlighted the fragility of regional security. The confrontation triggered widespread concern about a broader conflict that could impact the security of the Gulf and its maritime passages, especially the Strait of Hormuz, a crucial global energy artery.

    Gulf States’ Response and Diplomacy: Amidst these escalating tensions, the GCC states, led by Saudi Arabia, adopted a unified and cautious diplomatic approach aimed at de-escalation and safeguarding regional stability. This approach involved calling for calm, rejecting the transformation of their territories into proxy battlefields, and activating their security, health, and economic plans to ensure protection without falling into alignment traps. The Gulf capitals emerged as influential regional players, rather than mere followers of external powers’ agendas.

    Saudi Arabia’s Role: Saudi Arabia demonstrated a model of preventive diplomacy, particularly through its political efforts to reduce escalation and protect Gulf security without being drawn into conflict. The Kingdom’s stance from the outset was decisive, choosing a path of de-escalation rather than allowing the crisis to escalate. Saudi Arabia utilized its influence in international forums, such as the G20 and the United Nations, to emphasize the importance of self-restraint and to keep the energy sector separate from armed conflicts. This significantly helped in calming markets and alleviating fears of a comprehensive escalation that could threaten global supply stability. The Kingdom, as the world’s largest oil exporter, showcased its pivotal role in protecting global energy markets, supported by its exceptional production capacity, strategic reserves, and advanced infrastructure.

    Responses of Other GCC States:

    • Kuwait: As the chair of the current GCC session, Kuwait played a central role in coordinating the Gulf’s unified response. Kuwait’s leadership was characterized by precision, balance, and foresight, taking into account immediate and long-term impacts of events. It activated its diplomatic and security tools, holding an emergency meeting via visual communication, an unprecedented event since the COVID-19 pandemic, underscoring the gravity of the situation. Kuwait also implemented internal emergency plans to ensure security and stability.
    • Bahrain: Bahrain condemned the Israeli attack on Iran from the onset, warning of its dangerous repercussions on regional security. It also strongly denounced the Iranian attack on Qatar’s Al-Udeid base, viewing it as a blatant violation of Qatar’s sovereignty and international law. Bahrain emphasized the principle of Gulf solidarity and stressed the need to resume dialogue with Tehran on clear foundations.
    • United Arab Emirates (UAE): The UAE maintained a balanced diplomatic stance, leveraging its robust international relations and strategic partnerships. It relied on soft power tools, economic diversification, and security coordination, which provided it with broad maneuverability away from impulsive reactions. The UAE demonstrated high readiness in crisis management, rooted in strong public and institutional trust.
    • Oman: Oman continued its traditional role of quiet mediation, acting as a neutral state in moments of tension. Oman condemned the Iranian attack on Qatar’s Al-Udeid base, stressing its solidarity with Gulf security and reiterating that dialogue remains possible. It emphasized that aggression would not solve problems and called for the international community to hold Israel accountable for its violations of international law.

    Challenges to Stability: The Houthi attacks on commercial vessels in the Red Sea pose a direct threat to freedom of navigation and regional security. These attacks have resulted in casualties among sailors and increased concerns about maritime safety. The US Department of State condemned these unjustified Houthi terrorist attacks, affirming its commitment to taking necessary measures to protect navigation and commercial shipping. The ongoing Israeli conflict in Gaza further exacerbates regional instability, with reports highlighting civilian massacres, extensive damage to infrastructure, and a looming collapse of the medical system due to a severe fuel shortage and overcrowding in hospitals.

    Overall Outlook: The GCC’s diplomatic approach, characterized by wisdom and flexibility, underscores its deep understanding of the region’s importance and its ability to navigate challenges. This collective effort aims to contain crises, prevent further escalation, and promote dialogue and political solutions, highlighting the crucial role of the Gulf states, particularly Saudi Arabia, in ensuring global energy security and regional stability.

    Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030: Technological Advancement Across Sectors

    Technological advancements are extensively discussed across the sources, highlighting Saudi Arabia’s strategic focus on integrating various innovative solutions across multiple sectors to achieve its Vision 2030 objectives. These advancements span environmental sustainability, healthcare, urban development, digital services, and sports infrastructure, aiming to enhance quality of life and diversify the economy.

    In the realm of environmental sustainability and energy, Aramco, a global energy giant, is actively pursuing initiatives involving cutting-edge technologies. The company aims to transition towards lower carbon energy solutions, investing significantly in innovation and the latest technologies. A notable project is the establishment of the world’s largest carbon capture and storage (CCS) center in Jubail Industrial City. Aramco also plans to increase its gas production capacity by over 60% by 2030, which contributes to reducing emissions. Furthermore, the company employs advanced monitoring technologies, such as a new satellite network, to track emissions from its facilities, including methane gas emissions, and improve energy efficiency across its operations. Aramco’s venture arm, Aramco Ventures, is noted as a significant investor in climate-related activities globally. The Kingdom also explores geothermal energy, especially in its western regions, for electricity generation and heating, despite initial challenges in exploration and high costs, as part of its renewable energy goals. The Shura Council supports plans for renewable energy projects and encourages companies to establish electric vehicle (EV) charging stations, contributing to a sustainable energy transition. The Eastern Province Municipality has signed an agreement to expand the infrastructure for electric vehicles, emphasizing smart transportation and environmental preservation. Additionally, the afforestation office in Qassim Emirate has launched a digital platform to govern environmental efforts, facilitate communication with stakeholders, and manage data for afforestation projects, demonstrating the use of digital tools for ecological initiatives.

    Healthcare and medical technology are also areas of significant advancement. King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Centre in Riyadh achieved a global first by successfully performing a liver transplant for a patient with a rare genetic blood clotting disorder, showcasing its expertise in highly complex medical procedures. The hospital’s operations are underpinned by a commitment to integrated care that blends scientific expertise with humanitarian values. New cancer treatments, such as CAR-T and next-generation CAR-NK cell therapies, are being developed and tested, with Saudi research centers participating in international clinical trials. These advancements aim to offer more affordable treatments with fewer side effects and explore the potential for “universal” cell therapies that could reduce financial burdens. The “Health Humanitarians in Qassim” initiative highlights the use of technology, such as QR code-based interactive guides, to enhance patient experience and recovery. The Saudi Commission for Health Specialties has introduced training programs for specialized roles like medical sterilization technicians and medical coding technicians, indicating a focus on building national capacity in advanced medical fields.

    Digital transformation and urban development are central to Vision 2030. The Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs and Housing launched the “Delivery Permit” service through the “Baladi” electronic platform, setting technical and regulatory standards for home delivery services, reflecting a push for digital governance in urban services. Riyadh Chamber emphasizes strengthening supervision and coordination among relevant authorities to protect the engineering profession and empower national offices, which likely involves leveraging technology for oversight. The Eastern Province Municipality conducted a workshop focused on improving building facades using artificial intelligence (AI) to enhance urban aesthetics and streamline design processes, indicating an innovative application of AI in urban planning. Madinah Municipality is also developing “environmentally friendly paths” for various users, including pedestrians, cyclists, and individuals with disabilities, aiming to create human-friendly cities using advanced urban planning concepts. The Shura Council has called for a study to create a specialized market for trading mortgage-backed debt instruments and expand dual listing of shares, which would require robust financial technology infrastructure. There is also a push to convert innovative ideas into startups, particularly in water management and sanitation, implying support for tech entrepreneurship. However, concerns regarding the misuse of modern technology are also acknowledged, with warnings about increased financial fraud and information crimes due to greater internet usage, emphasizing the need for cybersecurity and digital literacy initiatives to protect society.

    In the domain of digital services and cultural heritage, the King Salman Global Academy for Arabic Language is undertaking a significant project to document 52 local Saudi dialects and integrate them into generative AI applications. Their “Sawtak” system allows for the conversion of spoken language into highly accurate written text in both classical Arabic and local dialects, showcasing advanced linguistic technology development. Vision 2030 also aims to transform cultural creativity into an industry, supporting authors and artists through initiatives that include digital publishing and global marketing. There’s even a discussion on the impact of AI on short story development, where AI acts as an “innovative partner” for generating narrative ideas, plot development, and character creation, while acknowledging the continued essential role of human creativity. An art exhibition in Osaka, for the Saudi-Chinese Cultural Year, showcases artwork that combines mathematical principles with spiritual and pioneering engineering, creating a synergy between science, art, and technology.

    Sports is another sector leveraging technological advancements. The Saudi Federation for Sports for All has launched the “Asics Innovation” program to invite Saudi startups to develop digital solutions that enhance community participation in physical activity, aiming to boost engagement rates among adults and youth. This program is part of positioning the Kingdom as a regional innovation hub in sports. High-profile sports events, such as the World Pool Championship in Jeddah, now feature extensive digital streaming and TV coverage, demonstrating the reliance on modern broadcasting and digital communication technologies. Major Saudi football clubs are investing in state-of-the-art training facilities, like Al-Hilal’s partnership with Princess Nourah University, which boasts facilities designed to international standards, incorporating experiences from top European clubs. These efforts reflect a broader national determination to achieve global leadership across various fields, including sports, facilitated by digital transformation, AI, renewable energy, and space technologies.

    Saudi Vision: Culture, Innovation, and Global Exchange

    Cultural exchange is a prominent theme in the sources, particularly in the context of Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030, which aims to diversify the economy and enhance its global standing through various cultural and artistic initiatives. The Kingdom is actively working to transform cultural creativity into an industry, supporting authors and artists through initiatives that include digital publishing and global marketing. This strategic shift aims to make cultural endeavors not only prestigious but also profitable, moving beyond the traditional notion of “writing for survival” to a point where “writing can earn a living”.

    One significant aspect of cultural exchange is seen in international exhibitions and events. The Ministry of Culture is organizing the “Saudi Cultural Week in Japan” in Osaka, focusing on Saudi handicrafts as a prominent cultural element. This event, held from July 12-15, 2025, also commemorates the 70th anniversary of diplomatic relations between Saudi Arabia and Japan. Participants like the Heritage Authority, the Royal Institute of Traditional Arts, and the Prince Salman bin Mohammed Center for Arabic Calligraphy Initiative will showcase interactive activities that embody Saudi heritage and its cultural richness. The King Abdulaziz Foundation for Research and Archives is also participating with a photographic exhibition. These efforts aim to present Saudi culture to a global audience and highlight the synergy between science, art, and technology, as exemplified by an art exhibition in Osaka for the Saudi-Chinese Cultural Year that combines mathematical principles with spiritual and pioneering engineering. The art exhibition serves as a cultural bridge connecting peoples. The Saudi Pavilion at Expo Osaka 2025 provides visitors with an authentic taste of Saudi hospitality and cuisine, featuring traditional dishes from various regions and unique Saudi coffee, allowing guests to experience the concept of Saudi hospitality and culinary arts.

    Technological advancements are being leveraged to promote and preserve cultural heritage. The King Salman Global Academy for Arabic Language is undertaking a project to document 52 local Saudi dialects and integrate them into generative artificial intelligence applications. Their “Sawtak” system allows for the conversion of spoken language into highly accurate written text in both classical Arabic and Saudi dialects. This initiative aims to define and transfer these dialects beyond national borders. The impact of artificial intelligence on short story development is also being explored, with AI acting as an “innovative partner” for generating narrative ideas, plot development, and character creation. While AI can offer creative suggestions and assist in overcoming writer’s block, the essential role of human creativity and emotional impact in storytelling is still acknowledged.

    Furthermore, Saudi Arabia’s participation in the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) meetings underscores its commitment to protecting intellectual property and promoting innovation globally. The Kingdom’s efforts in registering its accession document to the Hague Agreement for industrial designs and its role as an international preliminary examination and search office for patent applications demonstrate a commitment to supporting creative industries on a global scale. The activation of the “Sustainability Fund” and the emphasis on building national capacities in intellectual property further enhance the environment for cultural and creative endeavors.

    The sources also highlight the importance of cultural exchange through education and artistic programs. The “Journey of Art” training camp, supported by the Ministry of Culture and various educational associations, provides specialized artistic training to students in different fields like theater, cinema, music, and visual arts. This program aims to discover and empower emerging artistic talents, allowing them to develop their skills in a stimulating educational environment. Such initiatives are part of a broader vision to position Saudi Arabia as a global leader in various fields, leveraging digital transformation, AI, renewable energy, and space technologies. The commitment to cultural development is intertwined with broader national goals of improving quality of life and fostering a vibrant society.

    Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030: Enhancing Public Services

    Saudi Arabia is deeply committed to enhancing and expanding its public services across various sectors, aligning these efforts with its ambitious Vision 2030 goals for improving the quality of life and fostering a vibrant society. This commitment is evident in the strategic focus on leveraging technology, fostering social welfare, strengthening infrastructure, and ensuring public safety and health.

    In urban and municipal development, the Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs and Housing has introduced digital platforms like “Baladi” to streamline services such as the “Delivery Permit,” setting regulatory and technical standards for home delivery, which has seen immense growth. This initiative aims to enhance service quality and safety, particularly for food deliveries, by enforcing stringent health and safety standards for transport and containers. The Ministry also supports non-profit organizations in areas related to its mandate and works on reviewing and updating municipality classifications based on growth and density. Riyadh Chamber emphasizes strengthening supervision and coordination to protect the engineering profession, which indirectly ensures the quality of public infrastructure projects. Furthermore, the Eastern Province Municipality is exploring artificial intelligence (AI) to improve building facades, enhancing urban aesthetics and streamlining design processes, reflecting an innovative application of technology in city planning. Madinah Municipality is developing environmentally friendly paths for pedestrians, cyclists, and people with disabilities, aiming to create human-friendly cities and promote walking and cycling for better public health and environmental preservation.

    Healthcare services are undergoing significant advancements. King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Centre in Riyadh has demonstrated global leadership by successfully performing a liver transplant for a patient with a rare genetic blood clotting disorder, showcasing its expertise in highly complex medical procedures and its commitment to integrated care that blends scientific expertise with humanitarian values. The hospital’s long-term care for patients with rare diseases highlights the state’s investment in quality healthcare. New cancer treatments, such as CAR-T and next-generation CAR-NK cell therapies, are being developed and tested, with Saudi research centers participating in international clinical trials to make treatments more affordable and effective. The Saudi Commission for Health Specialties is actively building national capacity by introducing training programs for specialized roles like medical sterilization technicians and medical coding technicians. The Riyadh First Health Cluster launched a “Summer with Health” convoy, offering free medical consultations and awareness programs in various specialties to communities. Uhud Hospital in Madinah received “Child-Friendly Hospital” accreditation for promoting natural breastfeeding and providing optimal care for mothers and infants, underscoring a focus on maternal and child health. The Qassim Health Cluster has honored staff for humanitarian initiatives that enhanced patient experience and recovery, emphasizing the human aspect of healthcare. The Minister of Health also commended the adoption of the World Drowning Prevention Day, reflecting Saudi Arabia’s commitment to public health and safety and its alignment with Vision 2030’s “healthy society” goal.

    In terms of essential infrastructure and utilities, the General Authority for Irrigation has been reorganized to manage treated water for agricultural, industrial, and urban uses, and to oversee dams, contributing to national water security and diversifying water sources. The Shura Council has called for a strategy for the Saudi Water Academy to build capacities in water sectors and for a mandatory mechanism to ensure government entities utilize sanitation services. Furthermore, there is an emphasis on increasing awareness of renewable energy projects and encouraging companies to establish electric vehicle (EV) charging stations. The Eastern Province Municipality signed an agreement with Lucid Motors to expand EV infrastructure, promoting smart transportation and environmental preservation. Saudi Aramco is also investing heavily in lower carbon energy solutions, including the world’s largest carbon capture and storage (CCS) center in Jubail, and is increasing gas production to reduce emissions, utilizing satellite networks for emissions monitoring and improving energy efficiency across its operations. Efforts are also underway to explore geothermal energy, particularly in western regions, for electricity and heating, as part of renewable energy goals.

    Public safety and social welfare are critical areas. The Presidency of the Commission for the Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice has opened a new cybersecurity management headquarters, emphasizing digital transformation and the Kingdom’s achievements in this field to protect society. The Shura Council highlighted concerns about the misuse of modern technology, such as increased financial fraud and information crimes, stressing the need for cybersecurity and digital literacy initiatives for families. Customs authorities at land, sea, and air ports recorded numerous seizures of prohibited items, highlighting ongoing efforts to combat smuggling and protect society and the national economy, with public reporting channels available. Tabuk Municipality conducts extensive pest control campaigns using large volumes of pesticides to safeguard public health. The “Arzaq” association’s efforts in food preservation and distribution are also noted as a valuable social service. The Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) states have demonstrated collective readiness in crisis management, with the Gulf Emergency Management Center playing a key role in coordinating responses to cross-border emergencies, updating risk registers, and developing unified platforms and systems for information management and resource coordination.

    In education and talent development, the Tabuk Emirate reviewed the comprehensive report on general education programs and activities, commending the support from the wise leadership and the Ministry of Education’s efforts to develop the educational environment. The General Organization for Technical and Vocational Training has been called upon to improve the efficiency of managing initiatives in human capacity development and to accelerate the accreditation of training facilities. The King Salman Global Academy for Arabic Language is undertaking a significant project to document 52 local Saudi dialects and integrate them into generative AI applications, developing a “Sawtak” system that converts spoken language into highly accurate written text, aiming to transfer these dialects beyond national borders. The “Journey of Art” training camp, supported by the Ministry of Culture and educational associations, provides specialized artistic training to students, aiming to discover and empower emerging artistic talents. The “Asics Innovation” program, launched by the Saudi Federation for Sports for All, invites Saudi startups to develop digital solutions that enhance community participation in physical activity, aiming to boost engagement rates among adults and youth and positioning the Kingdom as a regional innovation hub in sports.

    Overall, the sources indicate a broad, integrated approach to public services in Saudi Arabia, driven by Vision 2030, which seeks to create a modern, comprehensive, and sustainable nation focused on the well-being of its citizens and residents.

    Current Perspectives from the Saudi Press

    Here are the titles of the columns found in the newspaper, along with their first two paragraphs of detail, as requested:

    • كلـمة The establishment of the Kingdom is a great unitarian project, a significant event in modern history that deserves contemplation and study. It is one of the profound and worthy readings of the transformations in the nine political and historical transformations from its position among the nations that wrote its narrative and the story of its pioneering in its surroundings, but it went beyond this surrounding to become of vital and pivotal role, not content with mere participation in action and economy, but rather has become an industry of peace, love, dialogue, and harmony. From here, it is unjust to reduce the Kingdom to familiar roles and a natural presence that does not reflect its depth, influence, and impact. The Kingdom, since its unification by the genius hand of the great King Abdulaziz — may God bless his soul — works on combining authenticity and openness, and on promoting the values of coexistence and human dialogue, a path firmly established by the unitarian founder who launched his project from an existential concern and a deep conviction that there is no way to a safe, dignified life for humanity without creative, effective dialogue that embraces the other, extends a helping hand, and cooperates with them in promoting values of coexistence and all goodness for humanity.
    • جسرنا الحضاري Today, the center reactivates this legacy, but in the language of work: dialogue, communication, integration, and openness to the other without compromising one’s identity. It does not merely present cultural showcases but strives to be a space for exchange and mutual influence, through workshops, meetings, where the Kingdom conveys its messages of art, thought, and humanity, and welcomes other cultures with a deeper understanding. This presence of the center was not a mere coincidence or an arbitrary choice; rather, it is values that the center carried from the name of its founder, this great unifier of this entity, who unified the scattered parts and opened up nations, and built a being based on combining authenticity and openness.
    • الصورة الذهنية للمملكة The power of nations is no longer measured solely by military or economic factors; soft power has become a crucial element in building a compelling image before global public opinion. This is where the efforts of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia stand out, as they work to build an attractive mental image through the integrated roles and continuous achievements of the public, private, and non-profit sectors. The image is not complete without highlighting the humanitarian dimension embodied by the Kingdom’s institutions and charitable initiatives, which reflect noble Saudi values and pioneering sustainable giving in humanitarian fields, such as the King Salman Humanitarian Aid and Relief Centre, and the King Faisal Foundation, among others. This reinforces the Kingdom’s position as a global humanitarian center in the fields of education, health, environmental protection, and humanitarian aid.
    • فوضوية خدمات التوصيل والحلول According to ChatGPT sources, the size of food delivery activity in Saudi Arabia during the period (2024–2025) ranges between 9 to 10 billion dollars, with expectations to rise to between 13 and 16 billion dollars annually by 2030. The market is expected to record annual growth rates ranging between 8% and 9%. In light of the widespread adoption of home delivery services and the accelerating growth in demand for them, this service witnessed a state of regulatory chaos in its early stages, coinciding with the enormous and unprecedented growth in the number of orders, which reached about 290 million orders in one year across different regions of the Kingdom. This rapid figure reflected the large expansion in the services market, and the increasing demand for faster and more flexible delivery solutions, driven by an increase in the number of licensed applications and companies, which reached 61 companies.
    • النظام الدائري.. يغوص في دهاليز النفس The book “The Circular System – A Journey Towards the True Self” relies on an innovative concept called “The Circular System” by the Syrian writer and doctor residing in Nemosa, in a unique attempt to understand the visual self, emotions, and reactions within closed loops that unconsciously reproduce our behavioral patterns. The author approaches this concept from a deep personal experience, as the recently published book by Dar Al-Khayal exposes his repeated exposure to professional burnout, which led him to self-questioning and a search for an internal explanation for human transformations.
    • تأثير الذكاء الاصطناعي في تطوير القصة القصيرة Short stories in Arab literature have witnessed many creative developments, with modern technology significantly contributing to improving writing styles and presenting new perspectives on building literary texts. Among these developments, the role of artificial intelligence emerges, which has begun to notably influence the short story industry. Artificial intelligence is no longer just a tool for interaction; it has become a creative partner capable of presenting ideas and generating texts that contribute to expanding the horizon of literary writing.
    • طلقة مصابة بالزهايمر Recently, the Saudi poet Al-Tariqi released a book titled “A Bullet with Alzheimer’s” from Rasm Publishing and Distribution House. In the book, texts explode silently, as if the bullet forgot its way, and though it doesn’t open, it leaves no trace in you… Al-Tariqi writes as if he gathers the shattered fragments of the soul scattered between memory and oblivion, and the body that desires, and the soul that contemplates its destiny. A language laden with burning questions, and profound images that blend the story of reality with the abstraction of poetry.
    • في كراهية النساء Recently, a book by the Lebanese researcher and writer was published titled “In Misogyny: A Story and Its Sisters” from Al-A’idoun Publishing House – Jordan. The book spans 80 small-sized pages and includes an introduction and four chapters, a conclusion, in which the researcher focuses on the stories of women and the family. Especially when the oppressed woman herself is subject to oppression from her mother, since childhood, and from society. In the last cover note, it states clearly the main goal of this research, which is to shed light on the psychological and mental effects of contempt, rejection, and hatred towards women.
    • ريف في الخريف Recently, the poetess Amal Ghazal published her first children’s literature story titled “Reef in Autumn” through Dar Al-Shorouk for Publishing and Distribution in Amman. The story, written in eloquent Arabic, is suitable for the early educational stage, from kindergarten to primary school. The story features wonderful colors and drawings by artist Nisal Al-Bazm, designed to match the text and provide the child with enjoyable and passionate reading and education about their surroundings, nature, and environment. It also addresses many aspects of the child’s inner world and psychological aspects, whether social, sensory, or emotional.
    • عتمة النور Recently, a book by the Egyptian writer Farouk Ahmed was published, titled “The Darkness of Light,” by Ain Hurus for Printing, Publishing, and Distribution. In an overview of the work, Ali wrote that within the darkness of light inside every human being, there is an unseen force, untouched by footsteps. It is a hidden stage on which the eternal struggle between good and evil, virtue and vice, purity and worldliness, is played out—a struggle that cannot be decided in a single round, nor a battle after which an eternal victory or final defeat is declared. Instead, it is an unending ebb and flow.
    • التمثالت الكرونولوجية في مدارات النصوص البصرية Dr. Hassan Sobhi Hassan reviews through an article the essence of visual content, which illuminates chronology or the term “Chronology” derived from Greek “Chronos” – meaning time – and “Logos” – meaning science or methodology – for the science of assigning dates and arranging the sequence of events. This is a study that aims to partition time into intervals and precisely date events, and the chronological ordering of events according to their historical sequence and visual rhythm. While history came to be concerned with understanding and analyzing events and their impact on human and societal development, and analyzing the course of events that occurred in the past through understanding their context, causes, and complex interactions of events and changes that occurred.
    • في انتظار الإلهام Inspiration, the moment you write or don’t write, paint or don’t paint, you wait for a moment you don’t know where it comes from or why, but it has surprised you many times before, and you produced wonderful stories, you wake up with words on your lips, maybe you dreamed them, or someone put them on your lips, you don’t know, but you are a prisoner of those moments. I was sitting with a visual artist who complained to me about his inability to paint. His friend supported him, saying that he waited for the moment, that the artist waited intensely, and I strongly objected. This is how I lost a potential friend, but I might consider it a superstition, as for me, saving my friend from surrender, which destroys the artist, is more important than the indifference I usually practice.
    • لوكيات االعتدال في السُّلوكيات God Almighty made this nation a chosen and moderate nation, not extreme or lax in its choice, and made its book dominant over other scriptures, and its law a seal for all laws, and ordained for it among rituals and behaviors the most moderate and temperate. It is a nation of moderation and temperance, and whoever deviates from the circle of moderation – whether by excess or neglect – contradicts its tolerant teachings. To establish its moderation, the Sharia texts confirmed this by quoting comprehensive general rules such as God Almighty’s saying: “And He has not placed upon you in religion any difficulty,” and His saying: “Allah does not burden a soul beyond its capacity.” Among these are descriptions of this religion as lenient, as in the Prophet’s saying, peace be upon him: “The most beloved religion to Allah is the Hanifiyyah, the lenient.”
    • إنتاج الأعالف الموسمية تعزيز للأمن الغذائي It is impossible to speak of self-sufficiency or food security and animal wealth without rural agricultural development and without providing diverse, thriving, stable, and inexpensive sources of local feed of all kinds. It is not possible to rely entirely on imported feed for various reasons. The expansion of seasonal fodder production, focusing on types that have proven successful and taking into account the climatic diversity in different regions of the Kingdom, will enhance animal wealth by providing good local fodder available to beneficiaries, and protect this sector from the fluctuations of international fodder markets.
    • السعودية تحصد ثمار رؤيتها الشاملة Since the launch of Saudi Vision 2030, the country has witnessed a qualitative transformation at various levels, driven by a strategic orientation from the wise leadership towards building a modern, comprehensive, balanced, and integrated nation. The focus has not been on one sector to the exclusion of others. Rather, the comprehensive vision has prioritized education, economy, health, tourism, technology, and culture. Riyadh has reaped a bountiful share of this ambitious transformation. The goal was not merely to improve the quality of life, but for the Kingdom to become a soft power with a real, global impact, using sports as one of its effective tools in this path.
    • حين يتحول الطلاق إلى كرنفال شماتة In the exhausted corners of hearts, the word “divorce” used to be written silently in a book choked by disappointments and drowned by tears after long nights, a difficult decision taken with caution and silent weeping, and folded with sadness, and whispered with shame, as if one were burying a part of their soul with a relationship that was not meant to live. But today, in this era of uproar, we witness a strange inversion of concepts; divorce has become an occasion for laughter, not weeping, a field for displaying cakes adorned with humiliating images that deserve nothing but discretion and tranquility, a moment for celebration, not for contemplation.
    • أنا أكره مديري One morning, a new colleague entered my office, and during our conversation, he asked me about the best departments in the council. I started talking about the nature of some departments, but he interrupted me, saying: “I mean the best manager.” And when I paused to think and talk, I said to myself: “If there was an ideal manager, I would swear allegiance to him and cling to him fiercely.” This situation brought me back to a book I had read titled “I Hate My Manager” by Bob Winsett, which presents real experiences with some managers, offers advice in this field, and answers many questions that bother some subordinates. The book is amusing in its genre and stirs the emotions of many who have suffered the tyranny of work and its masters.
    • الطاقة الحرارية الأرضية في المملكة The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is known as one of the largest oil producers in the world and is famous for its vast fossil fuel reserves. However, the Kingdom also possesses significant potential for utilizing renewable energy sources, including geothermal energy, which can play an important role in diversifying energy sources and reducing reliance on oil. The Kingdom enjoys geological and thermal diversity that can provide suitable geothermal energy sources, especially in areas close to active faults and tectonic zones, such as the Western Region, particularly around the Hijaz and Asir mountains.
    • ما بعد (CAR-T) وثورة عالجات السرطان After CAR-T cell therapies (transfer of genetically modified T-cells) revolutionized the field of oncology with their ability to cure some cases that were in advanced stages, immunologists and scientists today are heading towards the next generation of modified immune cells, a technology that aims to overcome the major obstacles facing CAR-T. These obstacles include high financial cost (exceeding one million riyals per patient in many cases), long production time (weeks), and occasional dangerous side effects, as well as their ineffectiveness in some types of tumors such as breast and colon cancer.
    • الهلال بّيض الوجه وما قّصر What was expected of him and more in the Asian Champions League, the leader of world clubs presented and stood with courage and strength to fight the best club teams in the world and even defeat them in a stunning scene that surprised European giants with Saudi depth. The most optimistic did not expect the champion of Europe, Manchester City, to be one of the victims of the leader, especially since the brilliant Guardiola was looking forward to the Club World Cup as the first major title, and the return was expected through America, but the final word was for the leader of Asia.
    • في الشباك A phenomenon recently emerged and occupied the sports scene and followers of Saudi football and the Saudi sports project in general. The new phenomenon, which many considered negative and a great waste of money, is the use of foreign professional players in football for some clubs with huge sums of money and lending them out after a short period, then dispensing with them, amounts that equal the budgets of some Turkish clubs, specifically Fenerbahçe, who get these players for free and even their salaries are paid from here! The impartial critics and analysts, zealous for the nation’s reputation, its sports, and its money, enriched the arena with rational arguments and constructive criticism that serves the public interest!
    • كابتن المنتخب يتألم اليوم بأمل وقفة لوضع حد لمعاناته الصحية Saudi clubs suffer from the absence of a captain, a player who is almost a rare commodity, and his influential presence has become lacking today. This negative impact has extended to the national team, as the captain plays an influential role in supporting his team’s ranks and his word is effective among his teammates inside the stadium or in the dressing room. This includes good guidance and instilling a spirit of enthusiasm among them before and during the match. In the absence of a true leader, we see some players who consider themselves captains… Yesterday, they were preoccupied during the match with adjusting the captain’s armband on their arm, more concerned with admonishing their teammates than guiding them correctly and convincingly, far from emotional outbursts.
    • الفصحى لم يتكلم بها العرب أبًدا The Saudi Dr. Sulaiman Al-Aayid believes that the language called Classical Arabic only reflects the level of the clear Arabic tongue, and the strict grammatical and syntactical rules, and that no Arab spoke it, even during the time of the Noble Prophet, peace be upon him. One of the proofs is that the Quraish, who were the most eloquent Arabs, did not use the hamza in their speech, meaning they did not pronounce the hamza. Even stranger is the existence of words that are not Arabic but are used in daily speech, like the Persian word “ustadh” which has no Arabic equivalent, and English words like “computer,” “mobile,” and “printer” have entered daily Arabic.

    Saudi Kingdom: Vision, Progress, and Global Impact

    Here are the headings from the newspaper excerpts and their first two paragraphs of detail:

    امر ملكي بتعيين الفياض مستشارًا بالديوان الملكي The Kingdom’s great project of magnificent unification, an amazing event that is hard to forget, and it deserves contemplation and study. It is one of the most important historical and political transformations that have not yet been revealed, defining its position among nations that have written its story and narrative in its surroundings, but it has gone beyond this surrounding to become a vital and pivotal role, not content with merely participating in action and economy in the world and the region, but rather it has become an industry of peace, love, cooperation, and spreading the values of dialogue and harmony. From here; it is unjust to reduce the Kingdom to familiar roles and a natural presence that does not reflect its depth, influence, and impact. The Kingdom, since its unification by the genius hand of King Abdulaziz – may God rest his soul – has worked on combining authenticity and openness, and on strengthening the values of human communication and dialogue, and it is an approach that the unifying founder, who embarked on his project from an existential concern and a firm conviction, has also established, believing that there is no way to a safe and dignified life except through a creative, effective dialogue that embraces the other, extends a helping hand, and cooperates with him in promoting all good for humanity.

    خالد بن سلمان يبحث المستجدات مع وزير الدفاع المجري Jeddah – SPA. His Royal Highness Prince Khalid bin Salman bin Abdulaziz, Minister of Defense, received yesterday in his office in Jeddah, His Excellency the Hungarian Minister of Defense, Kristóf Szalay-Bobrovniczky. During the reception, bilateral relations between the two countries in military and defense fields were discussed, as well as broader regional and international developments and efforts made towards them.

    إصالحات سوق العمل السعودية تحقق نتائج ملموسة Riyadh – SPA. The International Monetary Fund praised the reforms in the Saudi labor market, which have begun to yield tangible results, including a decrease in unemployment rates, an increase in women’s participation in the labor market, and increased employment in the private sector. The report was published on June 26, days before the General Authority for Statistics confirmed the rapid progress made by the Kingdom in labor market reform in its first quarter 2025 labor market bulletin.

    »الشورى« يدعو إليجاد سوق لتداول أدوات الدين المضمونة برهن عقاري Riyadh – Abdulsalam Al-Balawi. The Shura Council emphasized that the Capital Market Authority should conduct a study to create a special market for qualified investors to trade debt instruments secured by real estate mortgages, demanding that the authority expand dual listing of shares. Regarding the annual report of the Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs and Housing, the Council approved recommendations to find financing solutions that ensure the provision of basic services to housing grants in coordination with relevant authorities, and emphasized expediting the completion of studies for the comprehensive flood plan for all cities of the Kingdom, confirming in its decisions issued during its session yesterday that the Ministry should coordinate with relevant authorities to find solutions for licensing owners of heritage villages, to enable them to sell their local products inside them.

    الخليج في مرمى النار.. واتزان القرار The Middle East entered one of its most volatile moments in decades in mid-June 2025, when a direct and intensive military confrontation erupted between Israel and Iran that lasted twelve days. Unlike previous wars, this confrontation was not confined to two traditional adversaries, but its repercussions extended to areas of influence, vital corridors, and bases from which the entire world’s interests pass. The Arabian Gulf, with its strategic geography and network of international alliances, was at the heart of this event, not on its sidelines. The Iranian attack on the American base in Qatar represented a shocking moment that redefined the limits of engagement and highlighted the fragility of regional security if left hostage to uncontrolled military calculations. However, in response to the military explosion, the Gulf response was different: a calculated balance and collective awareness of the importance of curbing escalation.

    تفاؤل بنجاح التوصل لهدنة في غزة رغم الخالفات Gaza, Occupied Jerusalem – Nadir Taha, AFP. The Israeli Prime Minister expressed yesterday Wednesday his optimism about reaching a ceasefire agreement with the Palestinian Hamas movement and the release of hostages in Gaza, despite the failure to achieve a breakthrough in the talks so far. In the besieged and devastated Gaza Strip, whose residents suffer from starvation, the Civil Defense announced the killing of 22 civilians, including six children, in the daily Israeli shelling, 21 months after the war.

    القيادة تهنئ رئيس األرجنتين بذكرى بالده Jeddah – SPA. The Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques, King Salman bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, sent a congratulatory cable to His Excellency President Javier Milei, President of the Republic of Argentina, on the occasion of his country’s Independence Day. The King expressed his sincere congratulations and best wishes for health and happiness to His Excellency, and to the friendly government and people of the Republic of Argentina, and further progress and prosperity.

    أمير تبوك يطلع على تقرير عن البرامج والفعاليات التعليمية Tabuk – Nawaf Al-Otaibi. His Royal Highness Prince Fahd bin Sultan bin Abdulaziz, Governor of Tabuk Region, received yesterday in his office at the Emirate in Tabuk, Mr. Majed bin Abdulrahman Al-Qa’ir, Director General of Education in the region. His Highness reviewed during the reception the comprehensive annual report on the performance of the General Directorate of Education in the region during the past year, which included the most prominent indicators and results, in addition to future targeted programs and initiatives aimed at developing the educational environment and improving learning outcomes.

    سعود بن نايف يشهد اتفاقية استثمارية بين »أمانة الشرقية« و»لوِسد« Dammam – Salem Al-Subaie. His Royal Highness Prince Saud bin Nayef bin Abdulaziz, Governor of the Eastern Province, sponsored yesterday in his office at the Emirate the signing of a memorandum of understanding between the Eastern Province Municipality and Lucid Motors, an electric vehicle company affiliated with the Public Investment Fund. The agreement was signed by Dr. Fahd bin Mohammed Al-Jebri, Mayor of the Eastern Province, on behalf of the Municipality, and Faisal Sultan, President and Managing Director of Lucid Middle East.

    فيصل بن مشعل: جائزة »صيتة« تعزز العمل االجتماعي المؤسسي Buraidah – Malfi Al-Harbi. His Royal Highness Prince Dr. Faisal bin Mishaal bin Saud bin Abdulaziz, Governor of Al-Qassim Region, received in his office at the Emirate His Royal Highness Prince Salman bin Mohammed bin Salman, a member of the Princess Seeta bint Abdulaziz Award for Excellence in Social Work’s Board of Trustees, and Her Highness Princess Fahd bint Saad bin Faisal bin Saad, a member of the executive committee, in the presence of His Highness the Deputy Governor of Al-Qassim and the Secretary-General of the Award, Dr. Fahd Al-Maghlouth.

    إطالق المنصة الرقمية لمكتب تشجير إمارة القصيم Buraidah – Malfi Al-Harbi. His Royal Highness Prince Dr. Faisal bin Mishaal bin Saud bin Abdulaziz, Governor of Al-Qassim, launched the digital platform for the afforestation office at the Emirate of Al-Qassim yesterday, in the presence of Prince Fahd bin Saad, and a number of officials from the Emirate and relevant authorities. The Governor of Al-Qassim emphasized that this platform comes as a translation of the directives of the wise leadership – may God support them – in achieving the objectives of Saudi Vision 2030, especially in environmental sustainability and digital transformation.

    نائب أمير الرياض يلتقي محافظ عقارات الدولة Riyadh – SPA. His Royal Highness Prince Muhammad bin Abdulrahman bin Abdulaziz, Deputy Governor of Riyadh Region, received yesterday in his office at Al-Hakam Palace, His Excellency the Governor of the State Real Estate Authority, Dr. Abdulrahman bin Hamad Al-Harkan. His Highness was briefed on the developmental and economic efforts and roles of the Authority in the region during the past period.

    تقرير »الخطوط السعودية« نائب أمير القصيم يتسل Medina Monawara – Khalid Al-Zaidi. His Royal Highness Prince Sultan bin Salman bin Abdulaziz, Deputy Governor of Al-Madinah Al-Munawwarah Region, praised the efforts of the Saudi Geological Survey in supporting sustainable development paths and preserving natural resources, indicating that these efforts are a fundamental element in achieving the objectives of Saudi Vision 2030, which aims to develop the national economy and open new horizons for researchers and interested parties in the sector.

    المساحة الجيولوجية« تستعرض الدراسات واألبحاث العلمية أمام أمير المدينة» Medina Monawara – Khalid Al-Zaidi. His Royal Highness Prince Sultan bin Salman bin Abdulaziz, Deputy Governor of Al-Madinah Al-Munawwarah Region, praised the efforts of the Saudi Geological Survey in supporting sustainable development paths and preserving natural resources, indicating that these efforts are a fundamental element in achieving the objectives of Saudi Vision 2030, which aims to develop the national economy and open new horizons for researchers and interested parties in the sector. His Highness also pointed to the Emirate’s keenness to cooperate with relevant authorities to enhance Al-Madinah Al-Munawwarah’s position as a leading scientific and tourist destination at both local and international levels, reflecting its historical and cultural status, and contributing to highlighting its natural sites of geological importance and utilizing them in building sustainable tourism that preserves the environment and achieves tangible benefits for the community.

    وزير البيئة يشكر القيادة على التنظيم الجديد لمؤسسة الري Riyadh – SPA. His Excellency the Minister of Environment, Water and Agriculture, Eng. Abdulrahman bin Abdulmohsen Al-Fadley, Chairman of the Board of Directors of the General Organization for Irrigation, extended his thanks to the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques, King Salman bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, and to His Royal Highness Prince Mohammed bin Salman bin Abdulaziz, Crown Prince and Chairman of the Council of Ministers – may God protect them – on the occasion of the Cabinet’s approval of the new regulation for the General Organization for Irrigation. On this occasion, Engineer Al-Fadley affirmed that the organization of the institution is a pivotal step in developing its work, pointing out that the text of the regulation states that the institution will manage treated water for its various uses (agricultural, industrial, and urban), as an integral part of the Kingdom’s water system, in addition to its responsibility for designing, constructing, operating, and maintaining dams in various regions of the Kingdom, which contributes to supporting water security and diversifying water sources.

    الراجحي: برنامج كفالة الفئات األكثر احتياًجا يجسد حرص القيادة لتعزيز الشمول المالي Riyadh – SPA. His Excellency the Minister of Human Resources and Social Development, Ahmed Al-Rajhi, affirmed that the “Sponsorship Program for the Most Needy Categories” embodies the wise leadership’s keenness – may God support them – to support the most needy categories and enhance financial inclusion. His Excellency explained that this program embodies the Kingdom’s commitment to providing a supportive and integrated environment for the most needy categories, and the Bank will work to develop and implement it with high efficiency to achieve its goals, keeping pace with the goals of the Kingdom’s Vision 2030, to empower the largest number of beneficiaries and achieve sustainable development.

    مفتي المملكة يستقبل »جمعية أرزاق لحفظ النعمة« Taif – SPA. His Eminence the Grand Mufti of the Kingdom, Chairman of the Council of Senior Scholars and Head of the General Presidency for Research and Ifta, Sheikh Abdulaziz bin Abdullah Al Al-Sheikh, received in his office in Taif, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of “Arzaq Society for Food Preservation,” Salman bin Abdulhameed Al Ali, and the accompanying delegation. Al Ali reviewed the efforts, activities, and services provided by the society related to food preservation and distribution methods.

    وزير الصحة يثمن تبني مجلس الوزراء »اليوم العالمي للوقاية من الغرق« لـ Riyadh – SPA. His Excellency the Minister of Health, Professor Fahd bin Abdulrahman Al-Jalajil, praised the adoption by the Council of Ministers of the “Global Day for Drowning Prevention” (July 25 of each year), indicating that this decision embodies the great support enjoyed by the health sector from the wise leadership – may God support them – and the Kingdom’s firm commitment to human health and safety. This is in line with the “Health Transformation Program” stemming from Saudi Vision 2030, which aims to build a “healthy society” whose members enjoy full health. Al-Jalajil praised the prominent role played by health and national authorities in drafting and implementing the “National Policy for Drowning Prevention,” whose effects were reflected in a 17% reduction in drowning-related deaths (for every 100 people), which contributed to avoiding economic burdens estimated at approximately 800 million riyals, according to accredited local and international reports.

    رئيس »األمر بالمعروف« يفتتح المقر الجديد إلدارة األمن السيبراني Riyadh – SPA. His Excellency Dr. Abdulrahman bin Abdullah Al-Sanad, President of the General Presidency for the Promotion of Virtue and the Prevention of Vice, opened yesterday at the General Presidency’s headquarters the new building for the Cybersecurity Department. He inspected the department’s headquarters and its sections, the work and efforts it provides, and the modern technical equipment it contains. He also reviewed a visual presentation on the fundamentals of the Cybersecurity Department’s work.

    »التخصصات الصحية« تعلن بدء التقديم على أربعة برامج تدريبية Riyadh – SPA. The Saudi Commission for Health Specialties (SCFHS), in cooperation with the Human Resources Development Fund (Hadaf), announced the start of applications for four training programs: Assistant Dentist Program, Patient Care Technician Program, Medical Sterilization Technician Program, and Medical Coding Technician Program, through which trainees will acquire the necessary skills and knowledge to practice the profession after passing the tests and program requirements. The SCFHS made applications available for the Medical Sterilization Technician program and the Medical Coding Technician program through its electronic portal, while applications for the Assistant Dentist program and the Patient Care Technician program will be open on the 19th of the same month.

    300 طالب في »موهبة اإلثرائي« بالقصيم Buraidah – Malfi Al-Harbi. The enriching “Mawhiba” program continues its activities at the General Administration of Education in Al-Qassim region with the participation of 300 male and female students from primary and intermediate levels, organized by King Abdulaziz and His Companions Foundation for Giftedness. The program is implemented at Dr. Abdulrahman Al-Musaihiq Center for Scientific Research and Innovation, and Prince Sultan Complex for Giftedness in Buraidah and Unayzah. The program aims to develop the capabilities of gifted students in advanced scientific fields including: programming, biology, and robotics, through intensive enriching content and an interactive educational environment, supervised by highly qualified specialists.

    »الديوان الملكي«: وفاة بزه بنت سعود.. ووالدة عبدالله بن سعود بن سعد Riyadh – SPA. The Royal Court issued a statement yesterday announcing the passing of Her Royal Highness Princess Bazza bint Saud bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, who passed away on Thursday after a long illness. Funeral prayers will be performed on her today after Asr prayer at Imam Abdullah bin Turki Mosque in Riyadh. May God encompass her with His vast mercy and forgiveness, and admit her to His spacious gardens. Indeed, to God we belong, and to Him we shall return. The Royal Court also issued yesterday a statement announcing the passing of the mother of His Royal Highness Prince Abdullah bin Saud bin Saad bin Abdulrahman Al Saud. Funeral prayers were performed on her yesterday after Maghrib prayer at the Grand Mosque in Makkah Al-Mukarramah.

    الداخلية تشارك في اجتماعات الحماية المدنية الدولية في أذربيجان Azerbaijan – SPA. A delegation from the Ministry of Interior, headed by the Director General of Civil Defense, Major General Dr. Sulaiman bin Mohammed Al-Faraj, participated in the 58th Executive Council meetings and the Extraordinary Session of the International Civil Defense Organization, held in the Republic of Azerbaijan. The meeting discussed the most important topics related to the organization’s work and areas of common interest.

    “االصطناعي” ُيحّسن واجهات المباني بالشرقية Khobar – Ibrahim Al-Shaiban. The Eastern Province Municipality, represented by the Agency for Reconstruction and Projects, held a specialized workshop for specialists and engineers under the title “Improving Building Facades in the Eastern Province Using Artificial Intelligence: Innovative Solutions for a Better Urban Landscape”. This workshop is a continuation of the General Administration’s efforts to improve the urban landscape and enhance the aesthetic of cities by limiting elements of visual distortion for buildings, in cooperation with the office of Moath bin Abdullah Ababtain for Engineering Consultations.

    حد صديقًا للطفل ُ أمانة تبوك تكافح اآلفات بمليون لتر من المبيدات”اليونيسيف” تعتمد مستشفى أ Medina Monawara – Khalid Al-Zaidi. Ohud Hospital in Madinah Al-Munawwarah obtained the “Baby-Friendly Hospital” accreditation certificate after successfully passing the official evaluation according to the criteria of the Baby-Friendly Hospital Initiative, in line with the requirements of UNICEF and the World Health Organization, and under the sponsorship of the Ministry of Health’s program to encourage natural breastfeeding and the General Administration of Nutrition. The Madinah Al-Munawwarah Health Cluster explained that this accreditation confirms the hospital’s commitment to providing a health-supportive environment for natural breastfeeding, and implementing the best international practices that ensure providing optimal care for mothers and newborns, which contributes to improving the health and safety of newborns.

    إطالق “صيف بصحة” في الخرج Riyadh – Khalid Al-Oufi. As part of its commitment to enhancing community health and expanding specialized medical services, Riyadh First Health Cluster is launching a qualitative health initiative titled “Summer with Health Caravan,” a voluntary medical convoy that will be held at King Khalid Hospital in Al-Kharj governorate on Saturday, July 19, 2025, from 9:00 AM to 3:00 PM. The caravan aims to provide medical consultations, comprehensive treatment services, in addition to awareness and educational programs for hospital beneficiaries, with the participation of an elite group of specialized doctors and specialists from various cluster facilities, to cover a wide range of specialized medical specialties that meet the needs of the community.

    مجمع الدكتور سـليمان الحبيب بالعليا يجري جراحة »السـاركـومـا« ناجحة الستبدال مفصل فخذ مصابة بـ Riyadh – “Al-Riyadh”. Dr. Sulaiman Al-Habib Medical Complex in Al-Olaya performed a successful surgical operation that ended the suffering of a 26-year-old young man who had been suffering from a cancerous tumor called “Sarcoma” at the end of his femur. Dr. Ibrahim bin Saleh Al-Sayyaji, Consultant of Bone Tumor Surgery and Reconstructive Surgery of the Lower Limbs, and head of the medical team treating the patient, explained that the patient came to the complex suffering from severe, continuous pain in his right knee.

    “سلمان لإلغاثة”.. جهوده إنسانية في اليمن والسودان وتركيا Riyadh – Turki bin Mansour. King Salman Humanitarian Aid and Relief Center continues to implement its relief and humanitarian projects in a number of countries, as part of supporting the displaced, within the date distribution project in Yemen. In Sudan, the center provided 1,200 food baskets to displaced families in Damazin province, Blue Nile State, benefiting 8,874 people, as part of supporting food security and improving living conditions for those affected by the humanitarian crisis.

    “القصيم الصحي” يكرم المتميزين في مبادرة “إنسانيون الصحة” Buraidah – Malfi Al-Harbi. Dr. Musa bin Mohammed Al-Harbi, CEO of Al-Qassim Health Cluster, honored a number of the cluster’s staff in various health facilities in appreciation of their efforts and qualitative initiatives that contributed to improving the beneficiaries’ experience and humanitarian care, as part of the “Humanitarians of Health” initiative. This initiative is part of a continuous program concerned with honoring distinguished human models in providing care and services to beneficiaries. Dr. Al-Harbi praised during the honoring ceremony what the honored individuals provided of humanitarian work that embodied the values of responsibility and dedication in serving the patient, stressing that these initiatives represent the essence of comprehensive health care that places the human being at the center of attention.

    المملكة تشارك في اجتماع »دول »WIPO« »منظمة الملكية الفكرية Geneva – SPA. The Kingdom, represented by the Saudi Authority for Intellectual Property, participated in the meeting of the member states of the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) at its headquarters in Geneva, from July 8 to 17, 2025, with a delegation headed by the CEO of the Authority, Dr. Abdulaziz bin Mohammed Al-Suwailem, and a number of Authority officials. Al-Suwailem opened his speech by congratulating the Chairman of the session on assuming the presidency, stressing the Kingdom’s full support for the statement of the Asia-Pacific Group regarding the proposed issues, and praising the adoption of the “Designs Treaty” at the Diplomatic Conference hosted by Riyadh with the participation of 151 countries, describing it as a landmark in the history of the system.

    »الشورى« يقر دراسة إنشاء سوق لتداول أدوات الدين والتوسع باإلدراج المزدوج الجوهرة آل سعود تطالب بمراجعة األنظمة لتلبية احتياجات األبوين واألطفال Riyadh – Abdulsalam Al-Balawi. The Shura Council emphasized that the Capital Market Authority should conduct a study to create a special market for qualified investors to trade debt instruments secured by real estate mortgages, demanding that the authority expand dual listing of shares. Regarding the annual report of the Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs and Housing, the Council approved recommendations to find financing solutions that ensure the provision of basic services to housing grants in coordination with relevant authorities, and emphasized expediting the completion of studies for the comprehensive flood plan for all cities of the Kingdom, confirming in its decisions issued during its session yesterday that the Ministry should coordinate with relevant authorities to find solutions for licensing owners of heritage villages, to enable them to sell their local products inside them.

    النفط يتراجع.. مع تطورات الرسوم وارتفاع المخزونات Jubail Industrial City – Ibrahim Al-Ghamdi. Oil prices fell yesterday, Wednesday, after rising to their highest levels in two weeks in the previous session, after industry data showed a sharp increase in US crude inventories, as investors cautiously awaited new developments regarding US tariffs. Benchmark Brent crude futures fell 15 cents, or 0.2%, to settle at $70 a barrel, while U.S. West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude fell 16 cents, or 0.2%, to $68.17 a barrel.

    أرامكو تواصل نجاحاتها باالستعاضة عن النفط بالغاز في توليد الطاقة إنشاء أكبر مشروع في العالم الستخالص الكربون وتخزينه بالجبيل الصناعية Jubail Industrial City – Ibrahim Al-Ghamdi. Saudi Aramco, the energy and chemicals giant, announced that it has taken measures to integrate sustainability into its operations and strategy, addressing challenges that affect the company’s business and stakeholders. Sustainability is at the core of the company’s environmental, social, and economic values. To this end, it focuses on four key areas: climate change and energy transition, operational reliability and safety, limiting environmental impact, and maximizing societal value. Saudi Aramco, according to its recently released 2024 Sustainability Report, has continued its journey to become one of the leading integrated energy and chemicals companies in the world, operating its business safely, reliably, and sustainably. The company strives to provide reliable and more sustainable energy to communities around the world at affordable prices, and to create economic value for its shareholders across various economic cycles.

    477 ريااًل متوسط السعر اليومي للغرف الفندقية بالمملكة االقتصادي Riyadh – “Al-Riyadh”. The average hotel room occupancy rate in the Kingdom increased during the first quarter of 2025 by 2.1 percentage points compared to the same quarter of 2024, reaching approximately 63%. Meanwhile, the average occupancy rate for rooms in serviced apartments and other hospitality facilities in the same quarter reached 50.7%, a decrease of 3.8 percentage points compared to the corresponding quarter of 2024. According to the tourism establishments statistics bulletin for the first quarter of 2025, issued by the General Authority for Statistics, the average daily price for a hotel room in the Kingdom reached approximately 477 Saudi riyals, a decrease of 3.4% compared to the first quarter of the previous year.

    الذهب يهبط ألدنى مستوى.. وارتفاع النحاس London, Athens, Washington – Reuters. Gold prices tumbled in Asian trading on Wednesday, as safe-haven demand eased, with uncertainty over US tariffs and rising US interest rates pushing traders toward the dollar. Copper prices, by contrast, were an exception among metals in the United States, as they rose to record levels after President Donald Trump threatened to impose a 50% tariff on imports of the red metal. Overall, other metal prices fell widely amid pressure from a stronger dollar, which held largely at its highest level in three years.

    فوضوية خدمات التوصيل والحلول According to ChatGPT sources, the size of food delivery activity in Saudi Arabia during the period (2024-2025) ranges between 9 and 10 billion dollars, with expectations of it rising to between 13 and 16 billion dollars by 2030. The market is expected to record annual growth rates ranging between 8% and 9%. In light of the widespread expansion of home delivery services and the accelerating growth in demand for them, this service witnessed a state of regulatory chaos in its early stages, coinciding with the massive and unprecedented growth in the number of orders, which reached about 290 million orders in one year across various regions of the Kingdom.

    هل ت ؤكل الكتابة عيشًا؟ ُ Dr. Khalid Al-Khodari. Literature remains between the passion of the soul and economic opportunities. The popular proverb “Writing does not feed you,” uttered by writers and authors, has long resonated. Many have felt the bitterness of this proverb in reality, as writing remained a noble hobby that did not generate a stable income for writers for many years, nor did it guarantee them a decent living. So, does this proverb remain valid in a time where equations change? And can we reach a stage where writing “feeds us” not by wishful thinking, but through practical investment and conscious involvement?.

    »الثقافة والفنون« تختتم فعاليات »رحلة الفن« Riyadh – Salah Al-Qarni. The Saudi Association for Culture and Arts in Riyadh concluded on Friday the activities of the “Journey of Art” training camp for culture and arts, which offered special artistic training programs and workshops for male and female students in various artistic fields (theater, cinema, music, visual arts), with the support of the Public Investment Fund and in cooperation with the Ministry of Education and various cultural and educational associations. Her Royal Highness Princess Haifa bint Abdulmohsen bin Saud bin Abdulaziz, Director General of Education in the region, Dr. Abed bin Al-Zare’, and Dr. Anwar Abu Abah, Director of Education Policies and Standards at the Ministry of Education, and the esteemed artist Abdullah Al-Sadhan, and a number of artists and media professionals attended the ceremony.

    التمثالت الكرونولوجية في مدارات النصوص البصرية Dr. Hassan Sobhi Hassan*. He reviewed the essence of the visual text that illuminates chronology, or the term “Chronology” (from Greek “chronos” meaning time, and “logos” meaning science or methodology) as a methodology for determining times, identifying events, and arranging their sequence, i.e., “sequence of events” (absolute chronological sequence or temporal arrangement and absolute time determination for media). This tends towards dividing time into periods, identifying precise dates for events, and arranging historical events chronologically. While history came to focus on understanding and analyzing events and their impact on human and societal development, and analyzing the course of events that occurred in the past through understanding their context, causes, and complex impacts, chronology emerged as a tool for studying and arranging events according to time and creating chronological tables according to dates and chronological sequence, which enhances comparisons and reflections and other complex operations that produce thought.

    الفن النقي.. يحتفي بتجربة الفنان الصيني شو لي On the occasion of the Saudi-Chinese Cultural Year, the Pure Art Foundation, in cooperation with the Embassy of the People’s Republic of China to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, organized the “Art Rhythms in the Realm of Nature” exhibition for the Chinese artist Shu Li. The exhibition, held at the Pure Art Gallery, will run until July 25, 2025. It embodies the role of art as a cultural bridge connecting peoples and reflects the deep and growing relations between the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the People’s Republic of China.

    في انتظار االٕلهام Hana Hegazi. Inspiration, a moment you write or don’t write, paint or don’t paint, you wait for it, but it comes from somewhere you don’t know, it steals from you many times before, and it produced wonderful stories, you wake up with words on your lips, maybe you dreamed them, or someone put them on your lips, you don’t know, but you are a prisoner of those moments. I was sitting with a plastic artist who was complaining to me about his inability to paint, and his friend supported him, saying that he should wait for the moment, that the artist waits for that moment intensely, and I strongly objected, this is how I lost a potential friend, but, I might consider it a superstition, as for me, saving my friend from surrendering is more important than the indifference I usually practice.

    الفصحى لم يتكلم بها العرب أبًدا Dr. Sulaiman Al-Aayid, a Saudi scholar, believes that the Arabic language, known as Classical Arabic, only reflects the level of the clear tongue, grammatical rules, and that it is only used in writing, and that no Arab spoke it, even during the time of the Noble Prophet, peace be upon him. Among the evidence is that the Quraish, who were the most eloquent of Arabs, did not pronounce the hamza (glottal stop) in their speech. What is even more surprising is the existence of words that are not Arabic in origin, but are commonly used in daily speech, such as the Persian word “ustadh” (teacher), which has no Arabic equivalent in its origin, and with it, words that have entered daily Arabic despite their English origins, such as “computer”, “mobile”, “printer”, and others.

    أنا أكره مديري Abdulmohsen bin Mansour Al-Khamis. A phenomenon that has recently surfaced and occupied the sporting community and observers of Saudi football and the Saudi sports project in general. This new phenomenon, which many considered negative and a great waste of money, is the use of foreign professional players in football for some clubs with huge sums, and then loaning them or getting rid of them after a short period, with salaries that sometimes equal the budgets of some Turkish clubs, specifically Fenerbahçe, which is the luckiest club, as these players come to it for free and even their salaries are paid from here!.

    جدة تستعد الستقبال نجوم البلياردو Medina Monawara – Saleh Al-Hubaishi. Jeddah Governorate is preparing once again to host the most prominent billiard stars. The Russian champion Fedor Gorst returns to defend his title in the most expensive billiard championship in the history of 9-ball pool, which is held for the second consecutive year in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia from July 21 to 26 at the Green Sports Halls in Jeddah. The event is organized jointly by the Saudi Federation of Billiards and Snooker and Matchroom, under the supervision of the Ministry of Sports. The event tickets go on sale starting June 22. Fans of the game from all over the world await intense competitions featuring 128 of the world’s elite players competing in a double-elimination system for record-breaking prize money totaling one million US dollars, including 250,000 dollars for the first-place winner.

    كابتن المنتخب يتألم اليوم بأمل وقفة لوضع حّد لمعاناته الصحية The Saudi clubs suffer from the absence of a captain or a leading player, which has become a rare commodity. His influential presence has become negatively affecting the national team’s ranks, as the other players now lack the captain’s influential role in supporting his team’s ranks and his influential word among his teammates inside the stadium or in the players’ room. Through good guidance between the two halves of the match and instilling a spirit of enthusiasm among them before and during its course.

    التخصصي« يرسم قصة إنسانية في عالج مرض نادر» Riyadh – SPA. In one of the rare stories of an extended relationship between a patient and a medical facility, King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Centre in Riyadh continued to embrace a patient since she was a baby, suffering from a rare genetic blood clotting disorder, on a 22-year journey of continuous care, culminating recently in a liver transplant that is the first of its kind globally for her condition. When the signs of the disease began to appear on the girl in her first months, specialized teams were proactive in anticipating them to ensure her stability, as she suffered from a congenital deficiency in the plasminogen protein, which hinders the body’s ability to dissolve clots and causes fibrous deposits that threaten tissues and organs.

    »المنافذ الجمركية« تسجل 1334 حالة ضبط Riyadh – SPA. Land, sea, and air customs ports recorded 1334 cases of prohibited items seizure, as part of the continuous efforts made by the Zakat, Tax and Customs Authority to enhance the security aspect and protect society from prohibited items of all types and forms. The seized items included 117 types of narcotic substances, such as hashish, heroin, cocaine, Captagon, and others, in addition to 700 types of prohibited pills.

    مسارات صديقة للبيئة في المدينة Medina Monawara – Khalid Al-Zaidi. The Municipality of Al-Madinah Al-Munawwarah continues to implement a series of qualitative initiatives that aim to reshape the urban landscape of the region with human-friendly and environmentally-friendly paths. This is part of its efforts to enhance the quality of life and achieve the goals of the city’s humanization program, as it seeks to allocate exclusive paths for each category of road users, ensuring a safe environment for all residents and visitors. The initiative included paths for bicycles to encourage sports, in addition to special bus lanes to facilitate public transportation. The initiative also paid special attention to people with visual impairments by allocating a path for the blind with international standards, in addition to a vehicle path that organizes traffic and maintains traffic flow.

    المذاق السعودي في إكسبو أوساكا Riyadh – SPA. Visitors to the Kingdom’s pavilion at Expo Osaka 2025 will enjoy an authentic tasting experience that reflects Saudi hospitality and the richness of Saudi cuisine. The “Ert” restaurant will offer dishes from various regions of the Kingdom, and Saudi coffee with its unique flavor. The “Ert” corner allows its visitors to enjoy a wide range of delicious flavors and dishes, including seafood and other dishes from various regions of the Kingdom. The “Ert” restaurant offers a distinctive and enriching experience, where guests can learn about the concept of Saudi hospitality by viewing stories that revive the experience of dining in a Saudi home or tent.

    Download PDF Newspaper

    01
    Download PDF Newspaper in Arabic Language : Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 10, 2025

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Finance Act 2025: Income Tax Ordinance Amendments and Implications

    Finance Act 2025: Income Tax Ordinance Amendments and Implications

    The provided text offers an overview and critical analysis of the Finance Act 2025’s amendments to the Income Tax Ordinance in Pakistan. The speaker, Tahir Mahmood Butt, discusses the government’s push towards digitalization and automation of the tax system, highlighting new definitions for e-commerce and digitally delivered services. He examines specific changes like the taxation of online transactions, adjustments to pension income, and the introduction of disallowances for purchases from unregistered National Tax Number holders. Furthermore, the speaker raises concerns about the practicality of these amendments, their potential impact on taxpayers, and the need for a shift in mindset from both taxpayers and tax authorities. The discussion also touches upon changes in tax rates, audit selection criteria, and recovery procedures, emphasizing the broader implications for the nation’s tax framework.

    Pakistan’s Finance Act 2025: A Tax Policy Overhaul

    The Finance Act 2025 introduces what is described as a “huge shift in policy” for income tax in Pakistan, with the government aiming to move towards a more automated and technology-driven taxation system. The overall effort is to integrate technology for tax collection and base the structure of the taxation system on proper use of technology.

    However, the speaker, Tahir Mahmood Butt, a former Senior Vice President of the Pakistan Tax Bar Association, expresses a fundamental concern: while taxpayers and consultants are urged to change their mindset from individuality to teamwork, he questions if the tax board is ready to change its mindset to fulfill the intent of the new laws. He emphasizes the need for a clear policy line for the future rather than just focusing on daily income or transactional-based collection through withholding systems. He believes there isn’t a proper policy for developing a sustainable taxation system, suggesting the focus is solely on increasing recovery rather than facilitating taxpayers or building a foundational system with continuity.

    Here are some of the key amendments and changes introduced by the Finance Act 2025:

    • Changes in Definitions (Section 2):
    • The definition of a banking company will now align with its meaning in the Banking Company Ordinance.
    • Digitally delivered services (Clause 17C) and e-commerce (Clause 19A) have been defined, reflecting the shift towards digital taxation.
    • The online marketplace has also been defined.
    • Recreational Clubs: Clubs with membership up to ₹1 lakh have been removed from non-profit organization status and their income will now be assessed as normal business income under Section 18, meaning they will no longer receive non-profit credit.
    • Tax on Digital Transactions (New Section 6A):
    • A new charging section provides for tax on payments received for digitally ordered goods or services delivered from within Pakistan via locally operated online platforms, including online marketplaces and websites.
    • Special tax rates are defined: 1% if payment is made through banking channels/digital means, and 2% for cash on delivery transactions.
    • This tax is to be collected by the person delivering the goods and is declared as a final tax under Section 8. The speaker notes a potential flaw here, as Section 8 typically implies finality for income arising from the transaction, whereas here it’s on the transaction value, leading to ambiguity for traders who also do counter sales and need to apportion profit and expenses between final and normal tax categories.
    • Withholding Tax for Courier Services (Section 153):
    • New sub-sections (2A, M, and N) have been inserted in Section 153, making courier organizations and payment intermediaries prescribed persons for withholding tax purposes.
    • These entities will deduct tax (at 1% or 2%) from payments received for goods delivered through online platforms and remit the balance to the seller, with this tax being finalized.
    • A concern is raised regarding Section 111, sub-section 4, which might impose a condition of audited accounts if taxable income exceeds imputable income, potentially affecting those whose digital sales are subject to final tax.
    • Furnishing Information on Online Platforms (New Section 165C): A new section specifically details the procedure for courier service providers and online platform operators to furnish information and file withholding statements.
    • Tax Rates and Reliefs:
    • Salary Income Tax: The tax rate for salary income has been reduced from 10% to 9%.
    • Super Tax: Rates have been reduced by 0.5% in most categories for the tax year 2026.
    • Tax Credit for Property Sale (New Class 104A, Second Schedule): A new concession provides a tax credit for gains from the sale of personal-use property that has been owned and declared in the balance statement (under Section 116) for the last 15 years, and whose address has appeared in the taxpayer’s profile. This credit is available only once in 15 years. The speaker points out that current societal structures might make it difficult for many to benefit from this condition.
    • Pension Income (Section 12 Amendment):
    • Pension income has been moved from direct exemption and is now treated as a separate block of income under Section 12.
    • There will be no tax on pension up to ₹1 crore.
    • A 5% tax will be levied on pension income exceeding ₹1 crore.
    • Crucially, this concession only applies to individuals above 70 years of age; for those under 70, pension income will be part of their salary income and taxed at normal salary rates.
    • Disallowance of Expenses (Section 21 – Amendments):
    • New Clause U: This clause dictates that 10% of expenses attributable to purchases made from a person who is not a “holder of National Tax Number (NTN)” will be disallowed and added back to taxable income. The speaker critiques the wording “Holder of National Tax Number” as ambiguous, noting that since 2015, a CNIC can be treated as an NTN for individuals, potentially allowing non-filers to escape this provision if they simply provide their CNIC.
    • New Clause R: This is a significant amendment, providing for 50% disallowance of expenditure claimed against sales where the taxpayer has received payment of more than ₹200,000 otherwise than through a banking channel or digital means against a single invoice. The speaker strongly criticizes this provision, citing:
    • Unrealistic limit: ₹200,000 is considered too low in the current inflationary environment and for everyday business transactions, potentially impacting small shopkeepers, manufacturers, and traders.
    • Ground realities: The speaker argues that the policy makers, sitting in urban centers, do not understand the practical difficulties faced by common people and businesses in adopting digital payments, given the literacy rate and the manual nature of many transactions.
    • Impact on theft/compliance: He suggests that such restrictions might drive businesses towards the “auto book” (unofficial economy) rather than reducing theft.
    • Single Invoice: The wording “single invoice” (as opposed to “aggregate” sales) is noted, implying that businesses might simply issue multiple invoices below the ₹2 lakh limit to circumvent the rule.
    • Digital Means definition: The definition of “digital means” includes “over the counter digital payment services or facilities,” which raises questions about whether cash deposits by a buyer into a seller’s bank account via a bank counter would count as a digital payment, potentially providing a loophole.
    • Depreciation Allowance (Section 22): If tax is not deducted at the time of purchasing a new asset, the depreciation allowance for that asset will not be available.
    • Intangibles (Section 24): The life span for intangibles has been restricted to 25-50 years, compared to up to 25 years previously.
    • Gift, Loan, Advance (Section 39): Besides banking channels and cross cheques, digital means are now also validated for receiving gifts, loans, or advances.
    • Business Loss Adjustment (Section 56): Business losses can no longer be adjusted against property income.
    • Group Companies (Section 59B): A unit within group companies will not be part of the common taxable income if its taxation is based on a final tax regime rather than the normal tax rate (e.g., 29% for companies).
    • Tax Credit for Low-Cost Investment (Section 63A): A new tax credit is offered for investment in low-cost housing built with loans.
    • Mining Project Tax Credits (Class 65): Tax credits for mining projects, previously without income reference, are now linked with income.
    • Asset Purchase (Section 75): The facility of digital means is extended for purchasing assets beyond a certain amount.
    • Second Schedule Part One (Section 100C): The two parts of Second Schedule Part One (which provided state exemption or required fulfilling conditions) have been merged into one. This means all categories now must fulfill the conditions of Section 100C, which involves fresh registration and reports from four to five agencies for entitlement.
    • Tax Credit for Turnover (Section 113): The period for adjusting tax on turnover (when it’s higher than tax on taxable income) has been reduced from three years to two years.
    • Restrictions on Ineligible Persons (New Section 114C):
    • This section restricts ineligible persons from purchasing property above ₹100 million, motor vehicles above ₹7 million, opening bank accounts above ₹50 million, or withdrawing cash above a certain amount.
    • Eligible persons are defined as those who file returns and explain their sources of investment.
    • A new condition states that for any investment, the taxpayer must have 130% of the investment amount available, which includes cash and other liquid or immovable assets.
    • A non-resident person will still be eligible to buy a car or property, open a bank account, but cannot withdraw cash more than a certain amount if they are not in the eligible category.
    • Assessment Order (Section 120, Section 2A): Section 2A states that an assessment order under Section 120 is deemed complete only after maximum possible verifications of declarations. However, this provision is not yet operational because the board has not notified it in the official gazette, and issues exist with government departments not inputting data into the online system for verification.
    • Limitation Period (Section 122): The limitation period for notices has been extended from 180 days to one year, effective from July 1, 2025.
    • Appeal Effect Orders (Section 124): If an officer’s order is amended by the Commissioner of Appeal or High Court, the officer is mandated to issue an appeal effect order; recovery cannot proceed until this order is issued.
    • Recovery Proceedings (Sections 138, 140): Recovery proceedings can now only commence after the decision of at least three forums (Commission, Tribunal, and High Court) has gone against the taxpayer.
    • Information Sharing by Financial Institutions: Banking companies and other financial institutions are now restricted and mandated to share details of every taxpayer directly with the relevant tax authorities. This means taxpayers will have to manage their banking activities carefully.
    • Officer Posting (Section 56C): An officer can be posted to monitor specific areas like production, supply of goods, renting of services, and stock of goods, but their jurisdiction is limited to these four aspects.
    • Online Marketplace Registration (Section 181): Courier companies and delivery services are now prohibited from working with any person who is not registered for income tax. Heavy penalties are imposed on courier companies that transport goods for unregistered individuals.
    • Audit Selection (Section 105A): The criteria for audit selection have changed; a person will not be selected for audit if their income tax case has been selected for audit in the last three years (previously four years).

    The speaker frequently highlights the disconnect between the policy intentions and the ground realities of Pakistan, criticizing the government’s approach of taxing businesses heavily while labeling them as “thieves” and expressing concerns that overly restrictive policies could push businesses into the unofficial economy or even out of the country. He consistently calls for the tax board to clarify ambiguous provisions through circulars.

    Pakistan’s Finance Act 2025: Taxation Shift and Reforms

    The Finance Act 2025 introduces significant amendments to the Income Tax Ordinance, signaling what is described as a “huge shift in policy” towards a more automated and technology-driven taxation system in Pakistan. The government’s objective is to build the structure of the taxation system on the proper use of technology.

    However, Tahir Mahmood Butt, former Senior Vice President of the Pakistan Tax Bar Association, expresses a fundamental concern: while taxpayers and consultants are urged to adapt to this change and move from individuality to teamwork, he questions if the tax board is ready to change its mindset to align with the intent of the new laws. He emphasizes the lack of a clear, foundational policy line for the future, suggesting the focus remains on daily income or transactional-based collection through withholding systems, rather than developing a sustainable taxation system that facilitates taxpayers.

    Here are the key amendments and changes introduced, along with expert commentary:

    • Definitions (Section 2):
    • The definition of a banking company will now align with its meaning in the Banking Company Ordinance, replacing the previous income tax specific definition.
    • New definitions have been introduced for digitally delivered services (Clause 17C), e-commerce (Clause 19A), and online marketplace, reflecting the shift towards digital taxation.
    • Recreational Clubs: Clubs with membership up to ₹1 lakh have been removed from non-profit organization status. Their income will now be assessed as normal business income under Section 18, losing non-profit credit.
    • Tax on Digital Transactions (New Section 6A):
    • A new charging section levies tax on payments received for digitally ordered goods or services delivered from within Pakistan via locally operated online platforms, including online marketplaces and websites.
    • Special tax rates apply: 1% if payment is made through banking channels or digital means, and 2% for cash on delivery transactions.
    • This tax is to be collected by the person delivering the goods and is declared as a final tax under Section 8.
    • Critique: Tahir Mahmood Butt notes a potential flaw: Section 8 typically implies finality for income arising from a transaction, but here it’s on the transaction value. This creates ambiguity for traders with both online and counter sales, as they face challenges in apportioning profit and expenses between final and normal tax categories in their returns. He hopes the Board will issue an explanatory circular for clarification.
    • Withholding Tax for Courier Services (Section 153):
    • New sub-sections (2A, M, N) make courier organizations and payment intermediaries “prescribed persons” for withholding tax. These entities will deduct tax (1% or 2%) from payments received for goods delivered through online platforms and remit the balance to the seller, with this tax being finalized.
    • Concern: This might interact with Section 111, sub-section 4, potentially requiring audited accounts if taxable income exceeds imputable income, even for those whose digital sales are subject to final tax.
    • Furnishing Information on Online Platforms (New Section 165C): This new section outlines the procedure for courier service providers and online platform operators to furnish information and file withholding statements.
    • Tax Rates and Reliefs:
    • Salary Income Tax: The tax rate for salary income has been reduced from 10% to 9%. Tahir Mahmood Butt questions the government’s approach of consistently favoring salary class taxpayers while labeling business class as “thieves,” imposing higher rates and surcharges on them.
    • Super Tax: Rates have been reduced by 0.5% in most categories for the tax year 2026.
    • Tax Credit for Property Sale (New Class 104A, Second Schedule): A new concession provides a tax credit for gains from the sale of personal-use property. To qualify, the property must have been:
    • In the personal use of the taxpayer and owned for the last 15 years.
    • Declared in the taxpayer’s last balance statement (under Section 116) for the last 15 years.
    • Its address must have appeared as the taxpayer’s address in their profile.
    • This credit is available only once in 15 years.
    • Critique: The speaker notes that current societal structures might make it very difficult for many to meet the 15-year ownership and declaration conditions, making the benefit largely inaccessible.
    • Pension Income (Section 12 Amendment):
    • Pension income has been moved from direct exemption and is now treated as a separate block of income under Section 12.
    • There will be no tax on pension up to ₹1 crore.
    • A 5% tax will be levied on pension income exceeding ₹1 crore.
    • Crucially, this concession only applies to individuals above 70 years of age; for those under 70, pension income will be part of their salary income and taxed at normal salary rates.
    • Disallowance of Expenses (Section 21 – Amendments):
    • New Clause U (Purchases from non-NTN holders): 10% of expenses attributable to purchases made from a person who is not a “holder of National Tax Number (NTN)” will be disallowed and added back to taxable income.
    • Critique: Tahir Mahmood Butt highlights ambiguity, noting that since 2015, a CNIC can be treated as an NTN for individuals, potentially allowing non-filers who provide their CNIC to escape this provision. He suggests the word selection is “poor”.
    • New Clause R (Cash Payments): This is a significant amendment, providing for 50% disallowance of expenditure claimed against sales where the taxpayer has received payment of more than ₹200,000 otherwise than through a banking channel or digital means against a single invoice (containing one or more transactions).
    • Strong Criticism: The speaker vehemently criticizes this provision, citing:
    • Unrealistic limit: ₹200,000 is deemed too low in the current inflationary environment and for everyday business transactions, impacting small shopkeepers, manufacturers, and traders.
    • Ground Realities: Policy makers are criticized for not understanding the practical difficulties and low literacy rates in adopting digital payments, suggesting such restrictions might drive businesses towards the “auto book” (unofficial economy) rather than reducing “theft”.
    • “Single Invoice” vs. “Aggregate”: The wording “single invoice” is noted, implying that businesses might simply issue multiple invoices below the ₹2 lakh limit to circumvent the rule.
    • “Over the Counter Digital Payment Services”: The definition of “digital means” includes this, raising questions about whether cash deposits by a buyer into a seller’s bank account via a bank counter would count as a digital payment, potentially providing a loophole.
    • Depreciation Allowance (Section 22): If tax is not deducted at the time of purchasing a new asset, the depreciation allowance for that asset will not be available.
    • Intangibles (Section 24): The life span for intangibles has been restricted to 25-50 years (previously up to 25 years).
    • Gift, Loan, Advance (Section 39): In addition to banking channels and cross cheques, digital means are now also validated for receiving gifts, loans, or advances.
    • Business Loss Adjustment (Section 56): Business losses can no longer be adjusted against property income.
    • Group Companies (Section 59B): A unit within group companies will not be part of the common taxable income if its taxation is based on a final tax regime rather than the normal tax rate (e.g., 29% for companies).
    • Tax Credit for Low-Cost Investment (Section 63A): A new tax credit is offered for investment in low-cost housing built with loans.
    • Mining Project Tax Credits (Class 65): Tax credits for mining projects, previously without income reference, are now linked with income.
    • Asset Purchase (Section 75): The facility of digital means is extended for purchasing assets beyond a certain amount.
    • Second Schedule Part One (Section 100C): The two parts of Second Schedule Part One (which provided state exemption or required fulfilling conditions) have been merged into one. This means all categories now must fulfill the conditions of Section 100C, which involves fresh registration and reports from four to five agencies for entitlement.
    • Tax Credit for Turnover (Section 113): The period for adjusting tax on turnover (when it’s higher than tax on taxable income) has been reduced from three years to two years.
    • Restrictions on Ineligible Persons (New Section 114C):
    • This section restricts ineligible persons from purchasing property above ₹100 million, motor vehicles above ₹7 million, opening bank accounts above ₹50 million, or withdrawing cash above a certain amount.
    • Eligible persons are defined as those who file returns and explain their sources of investment.
    • A new condition states that for any investment, the taxpayer must have 130% of the investment amount available, which includes cash and other liquid or immovable assets.
    • A non-resident person will still be eligible to buy a car or property, open a bank account, but cannot withdraw cash more than a certain amount if they are not in the eligible category.
    • Assessment Order (Section 120, Section 2A): Section 2A states that an assessment order under Section 120 is deemed complete only after maximum possible verifications of declarations. However, this provision is not yet operational because the board has not notified it in the official gazette, and issues exist with government departments not inputting data into the online system for verification.
    • Limitation Period (Section 122): The limitation period for notices has been extended from 180 days to one year, effective from July 1, 2025.
    • Appeal Effect Orders (Section 124): If an officer’s order is amended by the Commissioner of Appeal or High Court, the officer is mandated to issue an appeal effect order; recovery cannot proceed until this order is issued.
    • Recovery Proceedings (Sections 138, 140): Recovery proceedings can now only commence after the decision of at least three forums (Commission, Tribunal, and High Court) has gone against the taxpayer.
    • Information Sharing by Financial Institutions: Banking companies and other financial institutions are now restricted and mandated to share details of every taxpayer directly with the relevant tax authorities. Taxpayers are advised to manage their banking activities carefully.
    • Officer Posting (Section 56C): An officer can be posted to monitor specific areas like production, supply of goods, renting of services, and stock of goods, but their jurisdiction is limited to these four aspects.
    • Online Marketplace Registration (Section 181): Courier companies and delivery services are now prohibited from working with any person who is not registered for income tax. Heavy penalties are imposed on courier companies that transport goods for unregistered individuals.
    • Audit Selection (Section 105A): The criteria for audit selection have changed; a person will not be selected for audit if their income tax case has been selected for audit in the last three years (previously four years).

    Overall, while the Finance Act 2025 aims to modernize Pakistan’s tax system through technology, Tahir Mahmood Butt consistently highlights a disconnect between the policy intentions and the ground realities of the country. He criticizes the government’s perceived tendency to view businesses as “thieves” and expresses concerns that overly restrictive policies could push businesses into the unofficial economy or even out of the country, rather than fostering compliance and growth. He frequently calls for the tax board to clarify ambiguous provisions through circulars.

    Pakistan’s Digital Tax Shift: Finance Act 2025 Implications

    The Finance Act, 2025, signifies a significant policy shift towards a digital taxation system in Pakistan, focusing on e-commerce and online platforms. This shift aims to automate the taxation system through proper use of technology.

    Here are the key aspects of the digital taxation system as discussed in the sources:

    • Policy Shift and Automation
    • The government’s effort indicates a major policy change, requiring taxpayers, tax consultants, and even the tax board to change their mindset and move towards teamwork.
    • The entire focus of the budget is on digitally delivered services through e-commerce and online platforms, aiming to set up the taxation system through technology and automation.
    • The speaker notes that for 38 years in the profession, they have been waiting for a Finance Act that draws a proper policy line for the future, suggesting a move away from a daily basis income or transactional-based tax system. However, the current approach seems to prioritize recovery/collection over developing a foundational and continuous taxation system.
    • New Definitions and Sections for Digital Transactions
    • Section 2 of the Income Tax Ordinance has been amended to include new definitions relevant to digital services.
    • Digitally delivered services are defined in Clause 17C.
    • E-commerce is defined in 19A.
    • The online marketplace was also defined.
    • Section 6A is a new section providing for tax on payments for digital transactions on e-commerce platforms.
    • This tax is to be imposed on every person who receives payment for the supply of digitally ordered goods or services delivered from within Pakistan using locally operated online platforms, including online marketplaces and websites.
    • Special rates for this tax are 1% if payment is made through banking channels on digital means, and 2% if it is cash on delivery.
    • This tax is collected by the person delivering the goods and is declared as a final tax under Section 8.
    • A point of concern raised is that while the tax is collected on the transaction value, Section 8 typically declares final tax in respect of income arising from the transaction, not just the transaction itself. This could lead to issues in attributing profit to final tax and normal tax when a trader engages in both online and counter sales.
    • Withholding and Information Furnishing
    • Section 153 has added new provisions (two A sections) making courier organizations that sell goods through online platforms “prescribed persons”.
    • These prescribed persons will deduct tax from payments received for supplied goods and remit the balance, and this tax will be finalized.
    • Section 165C is a new section specifically defining the procedure for furnishing information on online platforms. This includes how and when courier service providers and online platform operators are to file withholding statements, detailing their particulars.
    • Payment intermediaries are also semi-defined as prescribed persons for withholding purposes under Section 153.
    • Restrictions and Compliance for Digital Transactions
    • Section 21R states that 50% of expenditure claimed for sales will be disallowed if the payment received exceeds ₹200,000 and is not through a banking channel or digital means against a single invoice.
    • The speaker critically questions the practicality of this ₹200,000 limit, especially for small businesses and in the context of “ground realities” like low literacy rates and traditional business practices in Pakistan.
    • The definition of “digital means” as including “over the counter digital payment services or facilities” also raises ambiguity regarding cash deposits via banking channels.
    • The speaker suggests that this restriction might lead to businesses issuing multiple invoices to stay below the ₹200,000 limit, similar to practices seen with sales tax regulations.
    • Section 39 now allows gifts, loans, and advances to be valid if received through digital means, in addition to banking channels or cross cheques.
    • Section 75 provides for the facility of digital means for asset purchases above a certain amount.
    • Courier companies and delivery persons are restricted from working with individuals not registered for income tax, with heavy penalties for non-compliance, pushing for digital registration verification.
    • Data Sharing and Digital Audits
    • Banking companies and other financial institutions are now restricted to share details of every taxpayer directly with the relevant concern authority (presumably, the revenue authority). This implies a digital sharing of financial data.
    • The source suggests that the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) is engaging thousands of chartered accountants to audit digital transactions, with assignments given to auditors to perform matching activities from their homes, leading to actions against taxpayers based on this digital monitoring. This refers to section 177D and 214.
    • Concerns and Flaws
    • The speaker expresses concerns about the intent of the law makers and whether the board is ready to change its mindset to fulfill that intent.
    • A significant flaw is noted in Section 6A regarding the finality of tax on transaction value versus income, which needs clarification from the board.
    • The strict application of Section 21 (including 21R) on small businesses and the general population is seen as potentially discouraging work and leading to non-compliance if legal formalities are too difficult to meet.
    • The speaker questions the government’s approach of imposing high taxes on business income, implying that it treats business class as “thieves” compared to the salaried class, which could encourage tax evasion.
    • The speaker highlights the disconnect between policy-making (based on systems in developed countries) and ground realities in Pakistan, where digital literacy and infrastructure may not be sufficient for universal adoption of online and computerized invoicing.

    Pakistan’s Digital Tax: Compliance Challenges and Realities

    The digital taxation system in Pakistan, as outlined in the Finance Act, 2025, aims to automate tax collection through technology, particularly for e-commerce and online platforms. However, the sources highlight several significant taxpayer compliance issues stemming from policy design, practical implementation, and underlying societal realities:

    • Mindset and Systemic Readiness: A fundamental concern is whether the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) is ready to change its mindset to align with the new policy shift, requiring teamwork and a move away from an individualistic approach. The speaker questions if the intent of the law makers can be fulfilled given the existing “mindset” of the board and its field formations. There’s also an ongoing debate about whether the focus is on “developing a foundational and continuous taxation system” or merely on “increasing recovery/collection”, which could impact long-term compliance.
    • Conceptual Flaws and Lack of Clarity in New Provisions:
    • Section 6A’s Final Tax on Transactions: The new Section 6A imposes a tax on digitally ordered goods or services based on transaction value (1% for digital payments, 2% for cash-on-delivery), declared as a “final tax”. A significant flaw identified is that while final tax typically applies to income arising from a transaction, Section 6A applies it to the transaction itself. This creates complexity for traders who engage in both online and counter sales, making it difficult to attribute profit between final tax and normal tax regimes when filing returns. This ambiguity requires clarification from the board.
    • Disconnection with “Ground Realities” and Practical Challenges:
    • Section 21R – Disallowance for Non-Digital Payments: This is a major point of contention. The provision states that 50% of claimed expenditure will be disallowed if payment received exceeds ₹200,000 and is not through a banking channel or digital means against a single invoice.
    • Impracticality of the Limit: The ₹200,000 limit is seen as too low in the current inflationary environment and is applied universally, including to small businesses and kiosk owners, which is considered impractical.
    • Digital Literacy and Infrastructure Gap: The sources strongly emphasize the disconnect between policy-making (based on systems in developed countries like Australia, Europe, America) and Pakistan’s “ground realities”. Many citizens and small business owners lack the digital literacy and infrastructure (e.g., for computerized invoicing, QR codes) necessary for universal adoption of online transactions and digital payments.
    • Discouragement and Evasion: The speaker fears that such strict and difficult legal formalities will “discourage people from working” and push businesses towards the informal economy, potentially leading to increased tax evasion rather than compliance. The concern is that if compliance becomes too hard, businesses will “go auto book” and “start stealing more”.
    • Loophole Exploitation: The rigid ₹200,000 limit might lead to businesses issuing multiple invoices for a single transaction to circumvent the rule, a practice previously observed with sales tax regulations.
    • Ambiguity of “Digital Means”: The definition of “digital means” as including “over the counter digital payment services or facilities” is ambiguous, raising questions about whether cash deposits via banking channels would be considered digital payments, leading to uncertainty for taxpayers.
    • Section 21 – Disallowance for Purchases from Non-NTN Holders: This provision disallows 10% of expenses attributable to purchases made from individuals not holding a National Tax Number (NTN). This places a significant burden on the buyer to verify the seller’s tax registration status. The ambiguity of a CNIC being treated as an NTN for individuals (as per Section 181(4)) further complicates compliance, as it might not be clear if a CNIC holder is truly “registered” in the active taxpayer sense.
    • Perception of Business Class: The speaker critically notes the government’s perceived notion that the salaried class is “honest” while the “business class are thieves,” reflected in significantly higher tax rates for business income (almost 50% including surcharge and super tax) compared to a maximum of 35% for salary income. This perception and heavy taxation are viewed as drivers for tax-saving behavior or evasion among businesses.
    • Burden on Service Providers: New provisions in Section 153 and 181 impose heavy penalties on courier organizations and delivery persons who work with individuals not registered for income tax. This shifts the burden of verifying tax registration onto courier companies, making it difficult for unregistered individuals (e.g., small online sellers) to utilize formal delivery services, potentially forcing them into less formal channels.
    • Data Sharing and Digital Audits: While aimed at increasing compliance, the restriction on banking companies and financial institutions to directly share details of every taxpayer with the revenue authority signifies a significant increase in digital monitoring. The FBR’s plan to engage thousands of chartered accountants to conduct digital audits and matching activities from home (referring to sections 177D and 214) implies a stringent enforcement mechanism based on digital monitoring, which could lead to increased actions against taxpayers. However, concerns remain about the FBR’s own internal data integration and cross-verification capabilities.

    Income Tax Audit Selection Rules: Section 105A Explained

    Based on the sources, the discussion on Audit Selection Rules primarily revolves around Section 105A of the Income Tax Ordinance. This section dictates the conditions under which a person’s income tax case cannot be selected for audit.

    Here’s a breakdown of the rules and their amendments:

    • Previous Rule (before amendment):
    • **Prior to the recent changes, Clause 105A stipulated that a person’s case would not be selected for audit if their income tax had been audited in any of the preceding four years.
    • The speaker noted that for a taxpayer to benefit from this limitation, it was necessary for their case to have been audited previously, not just selected for audit.
    • New Amendment and Current Rule:
    • A new amendment has been made to Section 105A.
    • The updated rule now states that the selection for audit shall not apply to a person whose income tax case has been selected for audit in any of the last three years.
    • This is a significant change: the period has been reduced from four years to three years.
    • More importantly, the condition has shifted from having been audited to merely having been selected for audit. This means if a taxpayer’s case was selected for audit in any of the last three years (regardless of whether the audit was completed or not), their case for the next year cannot be selected for audit.

    In essence, the amendment to Section 105A provides a relief for taxpayers by reducing the look-back period for audit selection and changing the trigger from an actual audit to just a selection for audit. This means if a taxpayer’s file has recently been put through the selection process, it provides a temporary shield against further audit selections for the subsequent year, provided it falls within the three-year window.

    FINANCE ACT, 2025 | Direct Taxes | Tahir Mahmood Butt |

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Pakistan’s Finance Act 2025 and Taxation Reforms

    Pakistan’s Finance Act 2025 and Taxation Reforms

    The provided text offers an extensive discussion on the Finance Act, 2025, primarily focusing on its impact on taxation, e-commerce, and business regulations. Speakers address new provisions such as withholding tax for online marketplaces, the use of AI for input tax credit verification, and changes to assessment procedures and audit selections. Significant attention is given to penalties for non-compliance, the suspension and blacklisting of businesses, and restrictions on cash transactions. The dialogue also explores amendments to income tax definitions, super tax rates, pension income, and asset purchases, emphasizing the government’s push for digitalization and broader tax base collection.

    Digitalization and Evolution of Taxation Mechanisms

    The sources discuss several key aspects of the taxation mechanism, highlighting changes, new systems, and enforcement measures introduced, particularly with a focus on digitalization and broadening the tax base.

    Here’s a breakdown of the taxation mechanisms:

    • Withholding Taxation on Online Marketplaces (Section 11):
    • A 2% withholding tax is applied to sales made in online marketplaces.
    • This 2% is not an additional tax but rather reduces the output liability of the seller.
    • The online marketplace or courier service acts as the holding agent, deducting the tax and automatically reducing the seller’s output tax on their portal.
    • This mechanism is part of the broader effort to tax e-commerce.
    • The tax collected by online marketplaces will be inserted into a monthly statement, which will automatically appear on the seller’s portal, allowing for easy credit of the holding tax.
    • For online platforms, a special rate of 1% applies if payment is made via bank channel, and 2% if it’s cash on delivery.
    • This is generally declared as a final tax declaration under Section 7A. However, there is ambiguity regarding how this final tax on transaction value impacts overall taxable income and how it’s reflected in returns, potentially requiring clarification from the C Board.
    • Automated Risk Management System for Input Tax Credit (AI-based):
    • A new system has been developed to check input tax credit using AI.
    • This system, like an “MRI machine,” will verify if the claimed input tax aligns with the business’s line of business or the product being sold. For example, if a mineral water supplier claims to have used iron or wood not typically used in that business, the system will flag it.
    • If the system stops an input tax credit, a registered person can submit an application to the commissioner within 30 days to justify their claim. If the commissioner remains silent, the restriction is removed; otherwise, the person may need to go to court.
    • Tax consultants are advised to understand their clients’ business models and product recipes to effectively deal with these restrictions.
    • Best Judgment Assessment:
    • This power is given to the commissioner to assess tax when there is non-compliance, such as unpaid taxes (e.g., under 236G) or unfiled returns. It has been a provision in earlier cases as well.
    • Commissioner’s Powers regarding Business Operations:
    • Commissioners have been granted three types of powers:
    1. Suspension of bank accounts operations for three days, renewable for another three days, and then permanent closure if commitment is not fulfilled.
    2. Suspension/Blacklisting of business operations: This power, previously lost, has been restored. Direct suspension can occur without notice, despite court orders requiring an opportunity for explanation. The commissioner must decide whether to blacklist or restore within 10 days. Blacklisting affects the right to appeal under Section 21.
    3. Ban on property transfer.
    • These powers allow control over businesses that might not have bank accounts or are running factories without them.
    • E-Billing and Digital Device Integration:
    • The system now requires the use of digital devices with QR codes for e-billing.
    • Consignments of goods transported by vehicles must be registered in the system, and particulars must be inserted into invoices, which will be integrated for FBR to monitor goods movement.
    • Tax on Digital Transactions in E-Commerce (Section 11J):
    • This new section imposes tax on payments received for supplies digitally delivered within Pakistan using online platforms, including marketplaces and websites.
    • The tax rate is 1% for bank channel payments and 2% for cash on delivery.
    • This tax is declared as a final tax.
    • Courier companies or online marketplaces are now designated as “prescribed persons” under Section 153, meaning they will deduct tax from payments to suppliers and deposit it, making it final tax.
    • If a person’s taxable income becomes greater than their immutable income, they are required to provide audited accounts.
    • This measure aims at broadening the tax base by bringing the e-commerce sector into the tax ambit.
    • Tax on Digital Presence (for Non-residents):
    • A separate law has been introduced for tax on digital presence, primarily targeting foreign vendors who provide goods or services in Pakistan online.
    • A 5% tax rate is charged on such transactions.
    • This mechanism differentiates between resident and non-resident online suppliers.
    • Restrictions on Input Tax and Expenses (Section 21 & 73):
    • Section 21 (R): If a sale exceeds two lakh rupees and payment is not received through a banking channel or digital means (for a single invoice or multiple transactions in one invoice), 50% of the expenditure attributable to that sale will be disallowed. This applies broadly, even to small shops and manufacturers, and aims to discourage cash transactions.
    • Section 21 (purchase disallowance): 10% of expenses attributable to purchases are disallowed if the purchase is made from a person who is not a holder of a national tax number (NTN). This is a new board of revenue collection mechanism.
    • Section 73 (Sales Tax): The source mentions Section 73 (in sales tax) dealing with a limit of 5000 units with one supplier annually. Also, if a buyer does not deposit money into a digital bank account, the input for the supplier may be finished. There is a debate on the interpretation of Section 73(4) regarding unregistered persons selling up to Rs. 10 crore.
    • There is no clash between Section 21 (Income Tax) and Section 73 (Sales Tax) as they use different criteria (single invoice vs. single account/party).
    • New Assessment Order Verification (Section 120):
    • Assessment orders will be completed by verifying declarations against maximum possible data. The operation of this section is contingent on official notification by the board, which has not yet occurred.
    • The system is intended to check returns against available data, but limitations exist due to the lack of integration of government department data (e.g., from mobile companies, judges’ CPR).
    • Recovery Proceedings (Sections 138 & 140):
    • These recovery proceedings will not be initiated until a decision has been made by at least three forums (e.g., commissioner appeal, tribunal, high court). This is seen as a positive development, preventing immediate recovery until higher forums have decided.
    • Data Sharing (Banking and Financial Institutions):
    • Banking companies and financial institutions are now required to share details of every taxpayer with FBR. This means tax information is transparent and easily accessible, reducing the ability to hide transactions.
    • Officer Posting for Monitoring (Section 175(6)C):
    • FBR officers can be posted to monitor production, supply of goods, rendering of services, and stock of goods. Their scope is limited to these four areas and they cannot question anything else.
    • Audit Selection Criteria (Section 105A):
    • A person’s case will not be selected for audit if their income tax returns have been audited in the last four years. This is a significant relief for compliant taxpayers.
    • E-Commerce Registration Requirement:
    • Courier companies and online marketplaces are now required to ensure that any person they deal with (e.g., for picking up goods) is registered for income tax. Failure to do so incurs heavy penalties.
    • Restrictions on Ineligible Persons (Section 114C):
    • A new section restricts “ineligible” persons from buying property or cars above a certain value, opening bank accounts above a certain limit (e.g., 50 million rupees), or withdrawing cash above a certain amount.
    • To be “eligible,” a person must have consistently filed returns and statements, and they must explain the sources of investment before investing. These restrictions do not apply to non-residents.
    • Depreciation Allowance Disallowance (Section 22):
    • If tax is not deducted at the time of purchasing a new asset, the depreciation allowance for that asset will not be granted.
    • Changes in Appeal System:
    • The old appeal arrangement has been reinstated.
    • Taxpayers now have two rights of appeal: either directly to the tribunal or first to the Commissioner Appeals.
    • It is generally advised to access the Commissioner Appeal Forum first as it offers more flexibility, time to explain the case, and a friendly environment compared to the tribunal, which has less margin for discretion and limited time for arguments.
    • Previously, the right of appeal under the Black Act was withdrawn but has been restored.
    • Other Noteworthy Changes/Discussions:
    • Broadening of Tax Base: A major focus is shifting to e-commerce to bring a large chunk of previously untaxed businesses into the tax net.
    • Shift to Transaction-Based System: The overall policy is moving towards a daily basis income and transaction-based system.
    • Tax on Recreational Clubs: Membership income of recreational clubs (over 10 lakh membership) is now treated as normal business income, not non-profit.
    • Pension Income (Section 12): Pension income exceeding 1 crore rupees will be taxed at 5%, while up to 1 crore will have a zero rate. A concession is given to those over 70 years of age, where their pension (if less than salary income) is taxed at salary income rates.
    • Investment Tax Credit (Section 63): Tax credit is offered for investment in low-cost housing schemes.
    • Asset Purchase Restrictions (Section 75): For cash payments for assets (property, vehicles) above a certain amount (e.g., 2 lakh for sales tax, implicitly higher for income tax related to asset purchase), banking channels are mandated.
    • Limitation Periods: Changes were made to show cause notice limitation periods, with an extension from 180 days to one year in some cases. However, extensions for tax payers are also requested.
    • “In-house” Transactions: The concept of “in-house” transactions, where internal documents of transfer are generated without external movement of goods, is acknowledged.
    • Digital Invoicing: A future seminar is planned on digital invoicing.

    Overall, the taxation mechanism is moving towards a highly digitalized, automated, and interconnected system aimed at increasing transparency, broadening the tax base, and enhancing compliance, often by imposing strict restrictions and penalties for non-compliance with digital payment and reporting requirements. However, concerns remain regarding the practicality of these rules given the ground reality of the economy.

    Digital Evolution of Tax Compliance and Input Tax Credit

    The taxation mechanism in the sources provides a detailed overview of the system for input tax credit, emphasizing new digital advancements and stricter compliance measures.

    Here’s a comprehensive discussion:

    1. Automated Risk Management System (AI-based Check) A significant development in the taxation mechanism is the introduction of an automated risk management system for input tax credit, powered by Artificial Intelligence (AI). This system is designed to verify the legitimacy of claimed input tax credits. It functions like an “MRI machine,” scrutinizing whether the input tax claimed aligns with the business’s specific line of activity or the product being sold. For instance, if a mineral water supplier claims to have used iron or wood, materials not typically associated with their business, the system will flag and stop that input tax credit.

    • Resolution Process: If the AI system stops an input tax credit, the registered person has the option to submit an application to the commissioner within 30 days to provide justification for their claim. If the commissioner does not respond within this period, the restriction on the input tax credit is automatically removed. However, if the commissioner upholds the restriction, the person may need to escalate the matter to a court of law.
    • Consultant’s Role: Tax consultants are advised to thoroughly understand their clients’ business models and product recipes to effectively address and resolve issues arising from these AI-driven restrictions.

    2. Restrictions and Disallowances on Input Tax Credit and Related Expenditures

    The sources highlight several provisions designed to restrict input tax credit and disallow certain expenditures, primarily aimed at broadening the tax base and discouraging cash transactions:

    • Disallowance for Purchases from Non-NTN Holders (Section 21): A new provision dictates that if a person makes purchases from an individual who does not hold a National Tax Number (NTN), 10% of the expenses attributable to these purchases will be disallowed. This is a new revenue collection mechanism. The speaker notes a potential ambiguity, as Section 181 may treat a CNIC as an NTN for individuals, which could broaden the scope of this disallowance.
    • Disallowance for Cash Sales Exceeding Threshold (Section 21R): If a sale exceeds two lakh rupees and the payment is not received through a banking channel or digital means, 50% of the expenditure attributable to that sale will be disallowed. This applies to a single invoice, even if it contains multiple transactions. This measure is intended to discourage large cash transactions across all types of businesses, from small shops to manufacturers. There was initial concern about a clash with Section 73 (Sales Tax), but it was later clarified that Section 21 (Income Tax) and Section 73 (Sales Tax) do not clash as they operate on different criteria (single invoice vs. single account/party).
    • Impact of Multiple Disallowances: The cumulative effect of these disallowances (10% on certain purchases and 50% on certain sales) could lead to a significant portion of expenses (potentially 60-70%) being disallowed, raising concerns about the feasibility of doing business.
    • Depreciation Allowance Disallowance (Section 22): If tax is not deducted at the time of purchasing a new asset, the depreciation allowance for that asset will not be granted. This links tax deduction at source to the availability of depreciation, an important component of tax credit for assets.
    • Digital Payment Mandate for Assets (Section 75): For the purchase of assets like property or vehicles, if the payment exceeds a certain amount, banking channels are mandated. This reinforces the push for digital and traceable transactions.
    • Sales Tax Input Disallowance (Section 73): In the context of Sales Tax, if a buyer does not deposit money into a digital bank account, the input tax credit for the supplier may be disallowed. This emphasizes the importance of digital payment channels for maintaining input tax eligibility.

    3. General Principles and Considerations The shift in the taxation policy is towards a highly digitalized, automated, and interconnected system. The intent is to make tax information transparent and easily accessible, reducing the ability to hide transactions. This comprehensive approach aims to ensure compliance and broaden the tax base, especially by bringing the e-commerce sector into the tax net. However, the practical implications and ground realities of such stringent rules are also a point of discussion. The overall policy is moving towards a daily basis income and transaction-based system. Compliance with law, whether financial or tax-related, is becoming increasingly critical, as digital systems will make it difficult to hide transactions or avoid tracking.

    Digital Tax Revolution: Policy, Mechanisms, and Challenges

    The sources indicate a significant shift in taxation policy towards a highly digitalized, automated, and interconnected system, with a strong focus on the digital economy. This move aims to enhance transparency, ensure compliance, and broaden the tax base, especially by bringing the e-commerce sector into the tax net.

    Here’s a discussion of the digital economy as presented in the sources:

    • Policy Shift and Intent:
    • The government’s policy has fundamentally changed, moving towards a “daily basis income transaction base system”.
    • The entire focus of the recent budget is on digital services, e-commerce, and online platforms.
    • The intent is to make tax information transparent and easily accessible, making it difficult to hide transactions. This necessitates a change in mindset for both taxpayers and tax consultants, moving “from intimacy to reality”.
    • Key Measures and Mechanisms in the Digital Economy:
    • Automated Risk Management System for Input Tax Credit: An AI-based system acts like an “MRI machine” to verify the legitimacy of input tax credit claims, checking if they align with the business’s activity or product. If a claim is flagged, the registered person can apply to the commissioner for justification within 30 days.
    • Withholding Taxation on E-commerce: A 2% withholding tax is applied to sales made through online marketplaces or courier services. This amount is automatically reduced from the output tax liability. The online marketplace or courier service acts as the withholding agent. Courier companies are now mandated not to work with individuals unregistered for income tax, with heavy penalties for non-compliance.
    • Disallowance for Cash Sales (Section 21R): If a sale transaction on a single invoice exceeds two lakh rupees (200,000 PKR) and payment is not received through a banking channel or digital means, 50% of the expenditure attributable to that sale will be disallowed. This applies across all business types and is meant to discourage large cash transactions.
    • Digital Payment Mandate for Asset Purchases (Section 75): For the purchase of assets like property or vehicles exceeding a certain amount, banking channels are mandated.
    • Sales Tax Input Disallowance (Section 73): In Sales Tax, if a buyer does not deposit money into a digital bank account, the input tax credit for the supplier may be disallowed, further emphasizing digital payments for tax eligibility.
    • Consignment Registration via Digital Devices: A new system requires registering consignments of goods transported by vehicles using e-billing and digital devices with QR codes, integrating with the FBR system for monitoring.
    • Registration for Courier Companies/Online Marketplaces: Any courier company or online marketplace must register itself and ensure its users are tax-registered before booking consignments.
    • Tax on Digital Transactions (Section J-1): A new section applies a tax on payments for digital transactions in e-commerce platforms. For goods delivered within Pakistan using local online platforms (including marketplaces and websites), the rate is 1% if paid through a banking channel and 2% for cash on delivery. This tax is declared as a final tax, meaning no allowances or deductions are given against it, which raises questions about profit allocation for businesses with mixed sales (online and counter).
    • Definition of E-commerce and Online Marketplace: The ordinance specifically defines “e-commerce” and “online marketplace” to clearly bring them into the tax net.
    • Tax on Digital Presence: A separate law has been introduced for “Tax on Digital Presence,” primarily targeting foreign vendors providing goods or services in Pakistan, with a 5% tax rate on transactions like advertisements in Pakistan.
    • Centralized Data and Transparency: The system aims for absolute transparency, with data from various sources (bank accounts, CPR, mobile companies, etc.) becoming readily available at a “single click,” making it difficult to hide transactions or income. FBR officers are also empowered to monitor production, supply of goods, services rendered, and stock.
    • Implications and Challenges:
    • Broadening of Tax Base: A primary objective is to capture the large e-commerce sector that was previously outside the tax ambit, aiming to expand the client base.
    • Compliance and Anti-Fraud: The stringent digital measures are designed to enforce compliance and reduce tax fraud by tracing transactions and making evasion more difficult.
    • Feasibility Concerns: The cumulative effect of various disallowances (e.g., 10% on purchases from non-NTN holders, 50% on large cash sales) could lead to a significant portion of expenses being disallowed, raising concerns about the practicality of doing business, especially for smaller entities.
    • Adaptation for Businesses: The move requires businesses, including small shopkeepers, to adopt digital transaction methods and maintain meticulous records, which may be challenging given the “ground realities”.
    • Equity Issues: Concerns are raised about taxing individuals who may not fall into traditional tax brackets, such as the vast number of mobile users who might not be filers, and the disparity between the documented and undocumented economy.
    • Consultant’s Role: Tax consultants are urged to understand their clients’ business models and product recipes deeply to navigate these AI-driven restrictions and new compliance requirements.

    In essence, the digital economy is no longer just a sector but has become the backbone of the new taxation regime, with a comprehensive digital framework intended to capture, monitor, and tax transactions on a daily and real-time basis, moving away from traditional, less traceable methods.

    Business Model Imperative: AI Tax Compliance

    The concept of the business model is critically important in the context of the new taxation mechanism, particularly due to the introduction of advanced digital and AI-powered verification systems.

    Here’s why understanding the business model is emphasized:

    • Justifying Input Tax Credit Claims: With the implementation of an automated risk management system for input tax credit, powered by Artificial Intelligence (AI), the legitimacy of claimed input tax credits is rigorously checked. This AI system functions like an “MRI machine,” scrutinizing whether the input tax claimed aligns with the business’s specific line of activity or the product being sold.
    • Example: If a mineral water supplier claims input tax credit for materials like iron or wood, which are not typically associated with their business or product, the AI system will flag and stop that credit.
    • Consultant’s Role: To address such challenges effectively, tax consultants are explicitly advised to deeply understand their clients’ business models and product recipes. This includes knowing the raw materials used and the manufacturing process. Without this detailed knowledge, consultants may struggle to justify flagged input tax claims.
    • Navigating Restrictions and Ensuring Compliance: The sources highlight a shift towards a highly digitalized, automated, and interconnected tax system designed for transparency and increased compliance. Understanding one’s business model is crucial for businesses to:
    • Face Restrictions: The new systems will intercept input tax claims if they don’t align with the declared business model. A thorough understanding allows businesses to provide the necessary justification to the commissioner if a claim is restricted.
    • Equip for System Requirements: The overall advice for tax professionals and taxpayers is to “change from intimacy to reality” and equip themselves to meet the requirements of the new system by understanding the business model and product manufacturing.

    In essence, the new tax regime demands a comprehensive and detailed understanding of one’s business operations, moving beyond superficial knowledge. This granular understanding of the business model is presented as a fundamental requirement for successful navigation of and compliance with the evolving digital tax landscape.

    Digital Taxation: New Era of Compliance

    The sources indicate a significant and concerted push towards enhanced tax compliance within the digital economy, driven by a new taxation mechanism and a fundamental shift in policy. The core intent is to broaden the tax base, increase transparency, and ensure that transactions, particularly those in the rapidly growing e-commerce sector, are brought into the tax net and properly accounted for.

    Here’s a detailed discussion of tax compliance as presented in the sources:

    • Policy Shift towards Digitalization and Transparency for Compliance:
    • The government’s policy has moved towards a “daily basis income transaction base system”. This means a shift from traditional assessment methods to real-time, transaction-based monitoring.
    • The entire focus of the recent budget is on digital services, e-commerce, and online platforms.
    • The aim is to make tax information transparent and easily accessible, making it difficult to hide transactions. This necessitates a change in mindset for both taxpayers and tax consultants, moving “from intimacy to reality”.
    • Key Mechanisms and Tools for Enforcing Compliance:
    • Automated Risk Management System for Input Tax Credit (AI-based): An Artificial Intelligence (AI) powered system acts like an “MRI machine” to verify the legitimacy of input tax credit claims. This system checks if the claimed input tax aligns with the business’s activity or product. If a claim is flagged, the registered person can apply to the commissioner for justification within 30 days. This puts the onus on businesses to prove the direct relevance of their input purchases to their declared business model and product recipes.
    • Withholding Taxation on E-commerce: A 2% withholding tax is applied to sales made through online marketplaces or courier services. The online marketplace or courier service acts as the withholding agent, deducting this amount, which then reduces the seller’s output tax liability. This mechanism ensures that a portion of the tax is collected at the source of digital transactions.
    • Disallowance for Cash Sales (Section 21R): If a sale transaction on a single invoice exceeds two lakh rupees (200,000 PKR) and payment is not received through a banking channel or digital means, 50% of the expenditure attributable to that sale will be disallowed. This measure is designed to discourage large cash transactions across all business types and push for digital payments.
    • Digital Payment Mandate for Asset Purchases (Section 75): For the purchase of assets like property or vehicles exceeding a certain amount, banking channels are mandated.
    • Sales Tax Input Disallowance (Section 73): In Sales Tax, if a buyer does not deposit money into a digital bank account, the input tax credit for the supplier may be disallowed, further emphasizing digital payments for tax eligibility.
    • Consignment Registration via Digital Devices: A new system requires registering consignments of goods transported by vehicles using e-billing and digital devices with QR codes, integrating with the FBR system for monitoring. This allows FBR to monitor the movement of goods.
    • Registration for Courier Companies/Online Marketplaces: Any courier company or online marketplace must register itself and ensure its users are tax-registered before booking consignments. Failure to comply carries heavy penalties.
    • Tax on Digital Transactions (Section J-1): A new section applies a tax on payments for digital transactions in e-commerce platforms. For goods delivered within Pakistan using local online platforms, the rate is 1% if paid through a banking channel and 2% for cash on delivery. This tax is declared as a final tax, making deductions or allowances against it unavailable.
    • Tax on Digital Presence (Foreign Vendors): A separate law introduces a 5% tax rate on foreign vendors providing goods or services in Pakistan, specifically targeting transactions like advertisements. This captures cross-border digital transactions.
    • Centralized Data and Transparency: The system aims for absolute transparency, with data from various sources (bank accounts, CPR, mobile companies, telecom services, IP addresses) becoming readily available at a “single click,” making it difficult to hide transactions or income. FBR officers are also empowered to monitor production, supply of goods, services rendered, and stock.
    • Suspension and Blacklisting Powers: The Commissioner has been granted powers to suspend business operations for three days if commitments are not fulfilled, which can lead to permanent closure if default persists. This includes suspension or blacklisting for tax fraud and non-compliance.
    • Implications and Challenges for Compliance:
    • Broadening of Tax Base: A primary objective is to capture the large e-commerce sector that was previously outside the tax ambit, aiming to expand the client base and ensure all relevant transactions are taxed.
    • Stringent Enforcement and Anti-Fraud: The digital measures are designed to enforce compliance and reduce tax fraud by tracing transactions and making evasion more difficult. Tax fraud proceedings are now initiated directly through inquiry, similar to NAB procedures.
    • Feasibility Concerns and “Ground Realities”: The cumulative effect of various disallowances (e.g., 10% on purchases from non-NTN holders, 50% on large cash sales) could lead to a significant portion of expenses being disallowed, raising concerns about the practicality of doing business, especially for smaller entities and in an economy where cash transactions are prevalent. The sources explicitly question the feasibility of applying such stringent rules without considering “ground realities” in Pakistan, where many small businesses still operate in cash.
    • Adaptation for Businesses: The move requires businesses, even small shopkeepers, to adopt digital transaction methods and maintain meticulous records. Tax consultants are urged to deeply understand their clients’ business models and product recipes to navigate these AI-driven restrictions and new compliance requirements.
    • Equity Issues: Concerns are raised about taxing individuals who may not fall into traditional tax brackets, such as the vast number of mobile users who might not be filers, highlighting a disparity between the documented and undocumented economy.
    • Importance of Proper Documentation and Defense: The new regime emphasizes that “transactions being genuine” and proper “documentary evidence” are the main requirements for compliance. Taxpayers face “huge loss” if records are not properly maintained or cases are not defended.
    • Audited Accounts Requirement: If taxable income exceeds immovable income, audited accounts are now mandatory, further pushing for formal accounting and compliance.

    In essence, tax compliance under the new regime is no longer optional; it is mandated through a comprehensive digital framework that aims to capture, monitor, and tax transactions on a daily and real-time basis, moving away from traditional, less traceable methods. The success of this framework hinges on both the government’s ability to implement it effectively and the taxpayers’ willingness and capacity to adapt to stringent digital and record-keeping requirements.

    SEMINAR ON FINANCE ACT, 2025

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • English Made Easy: A Pictorial Approach to ESL

    English Made Easy: A Pictorial Approach to ESL

    This compilation consists of excerpts from “English Made Easy Volume One: A New ESL Approach: Learning English Through Pictures,” an English as a Second Language (ESL) textbook. Published by Tuttle Publishing, the book by Jonathan Crichton and Pieter Koster focuses on practical communication skills rather than explicit grammar rules, employing pictures and real-life social situations to aid learning. The content is organized into units, each covering specific functions, grammar points, and topics, such as introducing people, discussing occupations, asking for directions, and making appointments. The book includes word lists, practice sentences, and revision activities with answers, making it suitable for both self-study and classroom use.

    English Made Easy: Practical Greetings and Conversational Starters

    The “English Made Easy Volume One” textbook provides various examples of basic greetings and conversational starters as part of its curriculum for learning English. The book’s approach focuses on teaching the practical use of English, with grammar informing the structure rather than being explicitly taught through labels and rules, especially for beginners.

    Here are the areas in the sources that discuss basic greetings:

    • Introducing people: This function is taught in Unit 3: “I’d like you to meet my accountant.”. Key phrases learned for introductions and initial greetings include:
    • “Have you met…?”
    • “I’d like you to meet…”
    • “Hi”
    • “Good to meet you” These phrases help learners manage social relationships and introduce individuals.
    • Starting conversations: Unit 4: “It’s a beautiful day, isn’t it?”, focuses on initiating conversations. A common phrase used to start a conversation is:
    • “Excuse me” This unit also introduces “question tags” as a grammatical tool to facilitate conversation.
    • Asking and answering about names: Unit 1: “What’s your name?”, covers fundamental initial interactions. Phrases taught for this purpose include:
    • “How to ask and answer about names”
    • “What’s your name?”
    • “My name’s…”
    • Greetings and farewells: A dedicated section in Unit 11: “What’s the matter?”, teaches how to give greetings and farewells. This unit covers a comprehensive set of common greetings and parting phrases:
    • “Good morning.”
    • “Good afternoon.”
    • “Good evening.”
    • “Good night.”
    • “Goodbye.”
    • “See you later.”
    • “Have a nice day.”
    • “Thanks for coming.”

    The textbook uses a picture-based approach to present language in context, allowing students to observe, discover, and practice how language is used in real-life social situations.

    English Made Easy: Mastering Social Interactions

    The “English Made Easy Volume One” textbook is designed to teach practical English communication skills, which are inherently tied to social interactions. The book’s methodology emphasizes learning by observing, discovering, and practicing how language is used in “real life social situations,” rather than focusing on grammatical labels and rules, especially for beginners. This approach aims to provide learners with “easy access to the vocabulary, grammar and functions of English as it is actually used in a comprehensive range of social situations”.

    Building on our previous discussion about basic greetings, the textbook covers a wide array of functions that constitute social interactions:

    • Greetings and Farewells: The curriculum directly teaches how to give greetings and farewells in Unit 11: “What’s the matter?”. This includes common phrases like “Good morning,” “Good afternoon,” “Good evening,” “Good night,” “Goodbye,” “See you later,” “Have a nice day,” and “Thanks for coming”. This foundational aspect of social interaction is introduced alongside topics like talking about health and expressing obligation.
    • Introductions and Starting Conversations:
    • Asking and answering about names is covered in Unit 1: “What’s your name?”, including phrases like “What’s your name?” and “My name’s…”. This is one of the very first social interactions taught.
    • Introducing people is a key function in Unit 3: “I’d like you to meet my accountant.”. Phrases such as “Have you met…?” and “I’d like you to meet…” are taught, along with responses like “Good to meet you” and “Hi”. These help learners manage social relationships effectively.
    • Starting conversations is explicitly addressed in Unit 4: “It’s a beautiful day, isn’t it?”. A common phrase introduced for this purpose is “Excuse me”. This unit also integrates question tags as a grammatical tool to facilitate conversational flow.
    • Making and Responding to Offers and Invitations:
    • The book teaches making, accepting and declining offers in Unit 6: “Would you like something to drink?”. This unit introduces phrases like “Would you like…?”, “What would you like?”, “No, thanks,” and “Yes, please”.
    • Giving, accepting and declining invitations is a central theme in Unit 2: “That’d be great!”. Key phrases learned include “How about…?”, “Would you like to come to…?”, “I’d love to,” “That’d be great,” “I’d love to but I can’t,” “I’m afraid I can’t,” and “Sorry, I can’t”.
    • Expressing Opinions and Agreement/Disagreement:
    • In Unit 9: “This one is better,” learners acquire the skills for asking for and giving opinions, as well as agreeing and disagreeing. Phrases like “What do you think…?”, “Do you like…?”, and “I don’t agree” are practiced.
    • Asking for Clarification:
    • Unit 7: “He’s a tour guide” focuses on asking for clarification, providing crucial phrases such as “Could you repeat that please?” and “I’m sorry”. This is essential for effective communication and understanding in social settings.
    • Discussing Health:
    • Inquiring about health is also part of the functions covered in Unit 11: “What’s the matter?”. Phrases like “Are you all right?”, “What’s the matter?”, “What’s wrong?”, and “I’m sorry to hear that” are taught.
    • Telephone Interactions:
    • Unit 17: “They’re working in the garden” addresses social interactions over the phone, teaching how to answer the telephone and how to make a telephone call. Phrases like “Hello. John speaking,” “Can I speak to Tom, please?”, “Who’s calling?”, “I’m sorry, she’s busy,” and “Can I take a message?” are covered.
    • Other Conversational Topics: The book also introduces various topics that facilitate social conversation, such as talking about occupations (Unit 7), talking about travel (Unit 8), asking about prices (Unit 8), talking about hobbies, skills, and interests (Unit 13), talking about what you like and don’t like (Unit 17), and making appointments (Unit 18).

    Overall, the “English Made Easy” textbook provides a comprehensive framework for learning various social interactions in English by presenting language in practical, real-life contexts, allowing learners to observe, discover, and practice naturally.

    English Made Easy: Daily Life & Social Situations

    The “English Made Easy Volume One” textbook provides a practical approach to learning English by focusing on its use in “real life social situations”. This methodology naturally incorporates a wide array of daily activities and common routines, moving beyond basic greetings and social interactions into more functional aspects of everyday life. The book aims to give learners “easy access to the vocabulary, grammar and functions of English as it is actually used”.

    The curriculum covers daily activities through various units and functions:

    • Occupations and Work: Learners are taught how to talk about occupations in Unit 7: “He’s a tour guide”. This includes phrases like “What do you do?” and identifying professions such as a taxi driver, pharmacist, mechanic, nurse, businessman, doctor, receptionist, police officer, or teacher. The unit also addresses discussing past occupations, such as being a tour guide or a taxi-driver. Engaging in work or discussing one’s profession is a core daily activity for many adults.
    • Hobbies, Skills, and Interests: The textbook dedicates sections to discussing leisure and personal interests. Unit 13: “How much is this purse?”, teaches how to talk about hobbies, skills and interests, providing examples of playing musical instruments like the piano, violin, or trumpet. Unit 17: “They’re working in the garden”, expands on this by teaching how to talk about what you like and don’t like. Examples of activities discussed include “washing the car,” “reading the newspaper,” “working in the garden,” “shopping,” “swimming,” and “watching television”. It also covers playing sports like chess, football, golf, and tennis. These functions enable learners to express their daily recreational activities.
    • Shopping and Transactions: The book prepares learners for common daily transactions. Unit 13 focuses on how to buy things, including asking “Do you take…?” for payment methods like cash or credit. Unit 8: “I’m going to New York”, teaches how to ask about prices for various items.
    • Travel and Commuting: Daily travel is addressed in detail. Unit 8 includes how to talk about travel, asking “How did you get here?” and discussing modes of transport such as by bus, train, or plane. Unit 19: “You’re not allowed to park here”, specifically covers how to use public transport, with phrases for waiting for a bus, getting on, and getting off, or using a train, tram, or ferry. Additionally, Unit 14: “It’s the second street on the left”, focuses on asking for and giving directions, which is essential for daily navigation.
    • Managing Time and Appointments: Organizing daily schedules is covered in Unit 18: “What’s the time?”. This unit teaches how to say the time using phrases like “What’s the time, please?” and covers how to make appointments, discussing specific times for meetings or other engagements.
    • Health and Well-being: Unit 11: “What’s the matter?”, instructs learners on how to ask and answer about health. This includes inquiring about someone’s condition (“Are you all right?”, “What’s the matter?”, “What’s wrong?”) and talking about common ailments such as a headache, backache, earache, stomachache, or toothache. Discussing health is a frequent part of daily interactions.
    • General Actions and Routines: The textbook introduces vocabulary and practice for a wide range of common actions. Unit 16: “She bought a cake”, specifically teaches how to talk about the past and the present for actions like washing, opening, closing, pulling, pushing, talking, running, eating, bringing, coming, going, taking, doing, meeting, having, leaving, thinking, paying, hurting, getting, making, teaching, sleeping, writing, buying, selling, and driving. These verbs are fundamental for describing daily routines and activities.

    The textbook’s picture-based approach presents language in contexts, allowing students to observe, discover, and practice how these daily activities and the associated language are used in real-life scenarios, facilitating practical communication skills.

    English Made Easy: A Practical Grammar Approach

    The “English Made Easy Volume One” textbook, as indicated by the sources, takes a distinctive approach to English grammar, particularly for beginners. Rather than teaching grammar through explicit “labels and rules”, the book focuses on presenting how English is used in practical, “real life social situations”. The underlying philosophy is that “grammar informs the way that the book is structured”, but students learn by “observing, discovering and practicing how language is used”.

    Here’s a breakdown of how grammar is handled and the specific grammatical points covered:

    • Implicit Learning for Beginners: The authors believe that “especially at beginner level, new students do not need to clutter their learning with grammatical labels and rules”. This means that while grammatical structures are present and inform the content, they are not taught as abstract rules to be memorized.
    • “Grammar Tips” for Information: Each unit of the textbook includes “Grammar tips” that outline the new structures introduced in that unit. However, these notes are “for information only and need not be learned by the student”. This reinforces the book’s focus on practical application over theoretical understanding.

    The textbook covers a comprehensive range of grammatical concepts, integrating them into the functions and topics discussed, which we’ve seen in our conversations about basic greetings, social interactions, and daily activities:

    • Unit 1: “What’s your name?” introduces possessive adjectives, negatives, and the simple present tense. These are fundamental for initial interactions and talking about ownership.
    • Unit 2: “That’d be great!” teaches personal pronouns, present continuous tense, and imperatives, which are crucial for making and responding to invitations and giving simple commands.
    • Unit 3: “I’d like you to meet my accountant.” covers singular and plural demonstratives for introducing people and asking for things.
    • Unit 4: “It’s a beautiful day, isn’t it?” includes possessive pronouns and question tags, which are useful for starting conversations and confirming information.
    • Unit 6: “Would you like something to drink?” addresses count/uncount nouns and open questions, essential for making and declining offers related to food and drink.
    • Unit 7: “He’s a tour guide.” introduces the simple past tense, allowing learners to discuss past occupations.
    • Unit 8: “I’m going to New York.” covers the present perfect tense, enabling discussions about duration and travel.
    • Unit 9: “This one is better.” teaches comparatives and superlatives, vital for expressing opinions and making comparisons.
    • Unit 11: “What’s the matter?” revisits imperatives, alongside greetings and health-related discussions.
    • Unit 12: “I live in the big house.” introduces the future tense with ‘will’ and spatial prepositions, allowing learners to talk about locations and future plans.
    • Unit 13: “How much is this purse?” focuses on some and any and distinguishes between present simple and present continuous, important for buying items and discussing hobbies.
    • Unit 14: “It’s the second street on the left.” covers directional prepositions and ordinal numbers, which are key for giving and asking for directions.
    • Unit 16: “She bought a cake.” delves into elision with will and further distinguishes past, present continuous, and future tenses, enabling comprehensive discussions about past and present activities and future predictions.
    • Unit 17: “They’re working in the garden.” introduces gerunds and the past continuous tense, used for talking about likes/dislikes and ongoing past actions, particularly in telephone interactions.
    • Unit 18: “What’s the time?” includes present simple with future meaning, relevant for discussing times and making appointments.
    • Unit 19: “You’re not allowed to park here.” teaches prohibitions and quantifiers, which are important for understanding rules and discussing quantities, especially in the context of public transport.

    In essence, the textbook’s design ensures that students gain “easy access to the vocabulary, grammar and functions of English as it is actually used”, by integrating grammatical structures into practical communicative functions rather than isolating them as abstract rules. This approach aims to help learners “progress easily from one unit to the next, using the combinations of pictures and text to discover for themselves how English works”.

    English Made Easy: Travel and Leisure for Learners

    The “English Made Easy Volume One” textbook, as evidenced by the provided sources, integrates discussions about Travel & Leisure throughout its curriculum, enabling learners to communicate effectively in these real-life social situations. The book’s approach is designed for students to learn by observing, discovering, and practicing how the language is used in context, rather than memorizing abstract rules.

    Here’s a detailed discussion of how Travel and Leisure are covered:

    Travel

    The textbook includes various functions and vocabulary related to travel and transportation:

    • Talking about Travel: Learners practice phrases like “How did you get here?” and discuss different modes of transport such as by bus, train, or plane. The book also introduces the term “ferry”. For instance, in Unit 8, learners discuss “I’m going to New York”, and are taught “How to talk about travel”.
    • Public Transport: Unit 19, “You’re not allowed to park here”, specifically covers how to use public transport. This includes learning phrases for waiting for a bus, getting on, and getting off. It also covers using a train, tram, or ferry.
    • Asking about Prices: A crucial aspect of travel is understanding costs. The textbook teaches “How to ask about prices” for various items, which is applicable to tickets or travel-related expenses. The book introduces numbers up to twenty for these purposes.
    • Duration and Time in Places: Learners can discuss how long they have been in a location, using phrases like “How long have you been here?” and “I’ve been here for two days” or “We’ve been here for two weeks”. They also learn to express duration using “since” (e.g., “Since August”) and “for” (e.g., “For three years” or “For two months”).
    • Directions and Locations:
    • The book teaches “How to ask for and give directions”. This involves using directional prepositions like “straight ahead,” “on the left,” “on the right,” “before,” “at,” and “past”.
    • Ordinal numbers (first, second, third, etc.) are introduced for navigating streets, such as “Take the first street on the right” or “It’s the second street on the left”.
    • Unit 12 focuses on “How to give your address” and “How to talk about location”. This includes using locators and numbers over twenty.
    • Common institutions like a bank, bus stop, cinema, gas station, hospital, police station, post office, railway station, stadium, supermarket, and taxi rank are used in the context of directions.
    • Prohibitions related to travel: The textbook covers prohibitions using phrases like “You’re not allowed to park here”. Other examples include prohibitions on eating or drinking on the bus, using a cell phone on a plane, turning left, or taking a bicycle on a train.

    Leisure

    The textbook provides extensive vocabulary and functions for discussing leisure activities and personal interests:

    • Hobbies, Skills, and Interests:
    • Unit 13 covers “How to talk about hobbies, skills and interests”. This includes playing musical instruments such as the piano, violin, trumpet, and guitar.
    • Unit 17 expands on this, teaching “How to talk about what you like and don’t like” regarding activities. Examples include “washing the car,” “reading the newspaper,” “working in the garden,” “shopping,” “swimming,” and “watching television”.
    • The book also covers playing sports like chess, football, golf, and tennis.
    • Social Interactions and Events:
    • Learners are taught “How to invite people to your house and other places,” and “How to accept invitations” or “How to decline invitations”.
    • The textbook covers various places to visit and events such as the movies, dinner, lunch, the beach, a picnic, a party, a concert, a market, a meeting, a restaurant, the theater, and an art gallery.
    • Unit 18 introduces the topic of weddings.
    • Giving and Asking for Opinions: Learners are taught “How to ask for and give opinions”, and also how to “agree and disagree”. This applies to discussing things like food, restaurants, or books.
    • Time Management for Leisure: Unit 18, “What’s the time?”, teaches “How to say the time” and “How to make appointments”. This is essential for planning leisure activities and social engagements.
    • Shopping: While shopping can be a necessity, it is also a common leisure activity. The book teaches “How to buy things”, “How to ask about prices”, and how to discuss payment methods like cash or credit.
    • Health and Well-being: Discussions around health can be part of leisure, especially when considering activities someone might like or dislike due to their physical state. The book covers “How to ask and answer about health” and topics like body parts and common ailments.

    The “English Made Easy” textbook uses pictures and text to help students discover how English is used in these practical contexts, allowing them to progress easily and learn basic communication skills for both travel and leisure scenarios.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Steps to Take If You Feel Unwanted and Unappreciated by Your Partner

    Steps to Take If You Feel Unwanted and Unappreciated by Your Partner

    Few things cut deeper than realizing the person you love no longer sees or values you the way they once did. Feeling unwanted and unappreciated by your partner can erode your self-worth and shake your confidence to the core. In a world where connection is essential to emotional well-being, such neglect can feel like a silent betrayal.

    Many people, even those who appear strong and self-assured, experience moments when they feel invisible in their relationships. This emotional neglect doesn’t always come from malice; often, it’s the result of miscommunication, unresolved resentments, or individual struggles that bleed into the relationship. Recognizing these feelings is the first step toward healing, growth, and possibly, reconciliation.

    Addressing this painful reality requires courage and introspection. It demands that we look beyond surface frustrations and confront the deeper dynamics at play. As Carl Jung famously said, “Your vision will become clear only when you look into your heart. Who looks outside, dreams; who looks inside, awakes.” Let’s explore the steps you can take to reclaim your sense of self and chart a path toward a more fulfilling connection.


    1- Acknowledge Your Feelings

    The first step toward change is acknowledging your emotional reality without minimizing or dismissing it. Suppressing feelings of neglect only deepens the wound, making it harder to heal. By honestly recognizing your pain, you give yourself permission to process and understand it fully. Dr. Brené Brown, in her book The Gifts of Imperfection, underscores the importance of vulnerability in building authentic connections — starting with ourselves.

    Moreover, labeling and expressing your feelings can illuminate the patterns in your relationship. Are these feelings episodic, or have they become the norm? Self-awareness here is the cornerstone of constructive action. As you become more attuned to your inner world, you position yourself to respond rather than react impulsively, creating space for healthier decisions.


    2- Reflect on Possible Reasons

    Understanding why you feel unwanted requires careful, compassionate reflection. Is your partner genuinely neglecting you, or could their behavior be influenced by external stressors like work pressure, health issues, or personal insecurities? As Esther Perel discusses in Mating in Captivity, sometimes emotional distance arises not from a lack of love but from life’s complexities.

    Taking a step back to analyze context allows you to separate your partner’s actions from your self-worth. This intellectual approach can help prevent catastrophizing and encourage empathy. By viewing the situation through a broader lens, you gain the clarity needed to address the core issues rather than just the surface symptoms.


    3- Communicate Your Needs

    Open, honest communication is a non-negotiable element of any healthy relationship. Rather than assuming your partner knows how you feel, articulate your needs clearly and calmly. Dr. Marshall Rosenberg’s Nonviolent Communication highlights that expressing feelings without blame fosters understanding and connection.

    Explain not only what bothers you but also how it affects your emotional well-being. Avoid accusatory language, which can prompt defensiveness and shut down meaningful dialogue. By using “I” statements, such as “I feel unseen when…”, you invite your partner into your emotional experience rather than pushing them away.


    4- Set Boundaries

    Boundaries are vital for maintaining self-respect and emotional balance. They signal to your partner what is acceptable and what is not. According to Dr. Henry Cloud and Dr. John Townsend in Boundaries, clearly defined limits empower individuals to protect their mental health without guilt.

    Establishing boundaries might involve carving out personal time, refusing to tolerate certain behaviors, or requiring more consistent communication. When your partner understands and respects these limits, the relationship has a stronger foundation. Remember, strong boundaries are not walls but bridges to healthier interaction.


    5- Focus on Self-Care

    Investing in your own well-being is essential when you feel undervalued. Self-care extends beyond spa days; it encompasses emotional, mental, and physical nurturing. As Audre Lorde wisely stated, “Caring for myself is not self-indulgence, it is self-preservation.”

    Engage in activities that reignite your passions and restore your spirit — whether that’s reconnecting with friends, exercising, or learning something new. By strengthening your sense of self outside the relationship, you gain resilience and confidence to navigate difficult emotions more effectively.


    6- Reconnect with Support Systems

    When you’re struggling in a relationship, turning to trusted friends, family, or even a therapist can provide crucial perspective. Isolation tends to magnify negative feelings, while supportive networks remind you of your worth and offer comfort during challenging times.

    Talking with people who truly listen and validate your feelings can also help you identify patterns and solutions you might miss on your own. As Dr. Harriet Lerner discusses in The Dance of Connection, supportive dialogue is an antidote to relational loneliness and helps you feel seen beyond your partnership.


    7- Avoid Ruminating

    Dwelling obsessively on your partner’s neglect can deepen emotional pain and impede constructive action. Rumination often leads to self-blame and distorted thinking. Instead, focus on actionable steps and solutions that promote growth.

    Shifting from passive brooding to proactive problem-solving can be liberating. As William James suggested, “Action may not always bring happiness, but there is no happiness without action.” By staying engaged in your own life and purpose, you reclaim agency and reduce emotional stagnation.


    8- Reevaluate Your Relationship

    Take an honest inventory of your relationship’s dynamics. Are there consistent patterns of neglect and disrespect, or is this a temporary rough patch? Reflecting deeply allows you to distinguish between challenges that can be overcome and fundamental incompatibilities.

    Consider journaling or even creating a pros-and-cons list to clarify your thoughts. This structured reflection provides clarity that emotional overwhelm often obscures. Ultimately, your evaluation should center on your long-term emotional health and personal values.


    9- Explore Counseling Options

    Professional counseling can offer a safe space to unpack and address relational issues. A skilled therapist helps you and your partner navigate difficult conversations and rebuild intimacy. Books like Hold Me Tight by Dr. Sue Johnson provide insights into how emotionally focused therapy strengthens connection.

    If your partner is unwilling to participate, individual therapy can still support you in gaining insight and developing coping strategies. Counseling is not an admission of failure; it is an investment in clarity and potential growth, either together or individually.


    10- Prioritize Your Self-Worth

    Your value does not hinge on another person’s ability to recognize it. Reinforcing your self-worth protects you from the emotional erosion that neglect can cause. As Nathaniel Branden emphasizes in The Six Pillars of Self-Esteem, cultivating self-acceptance is a lifelong practice that fortifies inner strength.

    Regularly affirm your strengths and contributions, both in your relationship and beyond. This practice helps dismantle harmful narratives that arise from feeling unappreciated. By internalizing your intrinsic worth, you become less vulnerable to external validation.


    11- Rediscover Your Passions

    Reengaging with activities that inspire and energize you can be profoundly healing. Whether it’s art, music, sports, or community service, these pursuits reconnect you with your core identity and joy. Elizabeth Gilbert in Big Magic emphasizes the transformative power of creative living.

    Such endeavors remind you that your life’s richness does not depend solely on your romantic partnership. Passion-driven activities infuse your days with meaning and foster new opportunities for growth and connection outside your relationship.


    12- Reassess Your Expectations

    Unrealistic expectations can sabotage even the healthiest relationships. Reflect on whether your desires align with your partner’s capacity and willingness to meet them. Dr. John Gottman’s work in The Seven Principles for Making Marriage Work highlights the importance of realistic, compassionate expectations.

    Adjusting expectations does not mean settling for neglect; rather, it involves understanding human limitations and finding a shared middle ground. When both partners have clarity about what is reasonable and fulfilling, conflicts are less likely to escalate.


    13- Evaluate Emotional Safety

    Emotional safety is a non-negotiable foundation for intimacy. Do you feel safe expressing your vulnerabilities without fear of ridicule or dismissal? If not, this signals deeper relational issues that warrant serious attention.

    Building emotional safety requires mutual respect, patience, and trust. As bell hooks discusses in All About Love, love cannot thrive where fear dominates. Prioritizing this safety is essential to determine whether the relationship is truly supportive or simply tolerable.


    14- Practice Mindfulness

    Mindfulness practices anchor you in the present and help you observe your emotions without judgment. Regular meditation, mindful breathing, or simply paying attention to your thoughts can reduce anxiety and promote clarity.

    Jon Kabat-Zinn’s Wherever You Go, There You Are offers practical guidance on cultivating mindfulness. By strengthening your inner awareness, you gain the emotional resilience needed to face relational challenges with grace and wisdom.


    15- Challenge Negative Self-Talk

    Internal narratives shape your emotional experience. When neglected, it’s easy to internalize the belief that you’re unworthy or unlovable. Challenging these thoughts is crucial to reclaiming your self-confidence.

    Cognitive-behavioral techniques can help you identify and replace self-defeating beliefs. As Dr. David Burns illustrates in Feeling Good, reframing negative thoughts transforms emotional patterns and empowers more positive actions.


    16- Consider Temporary Distance

    Taking time apart can offer perspective and emotional space. A temporary separation doesn’t necessarily signal the end but can clarify what you truly need and whether reconciliation is possible.

    During this period, focus on self-reflection and healing rather than rushing decisions. As Rainer Maria Rilke wrote, “Let everything happen to you: beauty and terror. Just keep going. No feeling is final.” Sometimes, space reveals truths that proximity obscures.


    17- Assess Commitment Levels

    Evaluate whether both you and your partner share a mutual commitment to the relationship’s growth and repair. Without shared investment, efforts to mend connection often fall short.

    Discuss future goals and desires openly. Are you both willing to put in the emotional labor required to heal? Clarifying commitment can prevent prolonged pain and guide you toward either rebuilding or moving on with integrity.


    18- Avoid Making Impulsive Decisions

    Strong emotions can lead to hasty actions you may later regret. Resist the urge to make sudden decisions about ending or radically changing the relationship during emotional storms.

    Instead, allow time for feelings to settle and clarity to emerge. As Viktor Frankl said in Man’s Search for Meaning, “Between stimulus and response there is a space. In that space is our power to choose our response.” Give yourself that space before acting.


    19- Focus on Personal Growth

    Regardless of the relationship’s outcome, prioritizing your personal growth ensures you emerge stronger. Invest in learning, self-discovery, and skill development that enhance your confidence and fulfillment.

    This focus on growth transforms adversity into opportunity. As Kahlil Gibran noted, “Out of suffering have emerged the strongest souls; the most massive characters are seared with scars.” Let this chapter become a catalyst for a more authentic, empowered self.


    20- Prepare for All Possible Outcomes

    Embrace the reality that working on these issues may strengthen the relationship — or clarify the need to move on. Preparing for both possibilities allows you to act from a place of strength rather than fear.

    Ultimately, your emotional health and personal integrity must guide your final decision. This readiness to face any outcome helps you stay anchored in your values and move forward with courage and dignity.


    Further Reading & References:

    • The Gifts of Imperfection by Brené Brown
    • Mating in Captivity by Esther Perel
    • Nonviolent Communication by Marshall Rosenberg
    • Boundaries by Dr. Henry Cloud & Dr. John Townsend
    • The Dance of Connection by Dr. Harriet Lerner
    • The Seven Principles for Making Marriage Work by Dr. John Gottman
    • Feeling Good by Dr. David Burns
    • All About Love by bell hooks
    • Wherever You Go, There You Are by Jon Kabat-Zinn
    • Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert
    • The Six Pillars of Self-Esteem by Nathaniel Branden
    • Man’s Search for Meaning by Viktor Frankl

    21- Be Honest With Yourself

    Radical self-honesty is the bedrock of meaningful change. It requires confronting uncomfortable truths about your desires, fears, and role in the relational dynamic. Often, we prefer comforting illusions over stark realities because they protect us from immediate pain. Yet, as philosopher Søren Kierkegaard noted, “The most common form of despair is not being who you are.”

    By examining your motivations and emotional patterns, you can identify whether your needs are being genuinely neglected or if they stem from deeper personal insecurities. Such inner work demands courage but also liberates you from self-deception. With honesty as your guide, you are better equipped to make choices aligned with your values rather than driven by momentary emotions.


    22- Assess What’s Really Going On

    Delve beyond surface frustrations to uncover the root causes of your feelings. Are you reacting to a single incident, or is there a persistent pattern of neglect? Are external factors influencing your partner’s behavior, such as career pressures or unresolved trauma? As Dr. Sue Johnson elaborates in Hold Me Tight, emotional disconnection often arises from deeper attachment wounds rather than intentional disregard.

    Taking a holistic view prevents you from drawing premature conclusions and allows for a fair assessment of your partner’s intentions. Objective evaluation, perhaps through journaling or meditative reflection, can reveal dynamics that might otherwise remain hidden. This clarity lays the groundwork for constructive dialogue and informed decisions.


    23- Instigate a Conversation

    Initiating a heartfelt conversation is essential when addressing feelings of neglect. Choose a calm moment rather than in the heat of an argument. Express your emotions without assigning blame — an approach championed by Dr. Marshall Rosenberg’s Nonviolent Communication. This framework emphasizes connection over conflict, enabling both partners to feel heard and understood.

    Invite your partner to share their perspective as well. A truly open conversation is a two-way street where vulnerability fosters trust and intimacy. By prioritizing mutual understanding, you transform potential conflicts into opportunities for deeper connection and growth.


    24- Identify and Set Boundaries

    Clarifying and asserting boundaries safeguards your emotional well-being and defines the contours of respectful interaction. Without boundaries, resentment festers, and self-worth deteriorates. Dr. Henry Cloud and Dr. John Townsend’s Boundaries serves as an excellent guide to recognizing and establishing these personal limits.

    Clearly communicating your boundaries is as crucial as defining them. Ensure your partner understands what you need for emotional safety and respect. Healthy boundaries are not ultimatums but expressions of self-care and self-respect that encourage a healthier relational dynamic.


    25- Invest in Yourself

    Channeling energy into your personal growth empowers you and reinforces your sense of self outside the relationship. This could include professional development, pursuing hobbies, or engaging in volunteer work. As Abraham Maslow proposed in his theory of self-actualization, fulfilling one’s potential is essential to psychological health.

    When you prioritize your passions and interests, you cultivate inner richness that enhances every area of your life. You become less reliant on your partner for validation and more connected to your intrinsic worth. This investment fortifies you against emotional upheaval and opens new horizons of fulfillment.


    26- Reflect if You’re in the Right Relationship

    Not every relationship is meant to last forever. Some connections serve as important lessons rather than lifelong commitments. Periodically reassess whether the relationship aligns with your values, aspirations, and emotional needs. In Attached, Dr. Amir Levine discusses the importance of compatibility in attachment styles for long-term relationship success.

    Consider whether the relationship supports your growth or stifles it. This reflection can illuminate whether it’s worth continuing to invest emotionally or whether it might be time to let go. Embracing this clarity, however painful, is an act of profound self-respect.


    27- Ask Your Partner to Relay Your Needs Back

    Once you’ve expressed your needs, ask your partner to articulate them back to you. This ensures understanding and prevents misinterpretation. In communication theory, this is known as “reflective listening” and is a powerful tool for confirming comprehension and empathy.

    Hearing your needs echoed back can reveal whether your partner truly grasps your emotional reality. As Stephen R. Covey wrote in The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, “Seek first to understand, then to be understood.” This exercise builds mutual respect and can bridge emotional gaps if done with sincerity.


    28- Observe Your Partner’s Response

    Actions speak louder than words. After communicating your feelings and boundaries, closely observe how your partner responds over time. Are they making an effort to change, or do they revert to old patterns? Consistency is a key indicator of genuine commitment to improving the relationship.

    This observation period requires patience and discernment. As Maya Angelou wisely said, “When someone shows you who they are, believe them the first time.” How your partner behaves in response to your expressed needs will illuminate whether your future together is promising or limited.


    29- Seek a Second Opinion

    Sometimes, our perspective becomes clouded by emotional entanglement. Trusted friends, family members, or mental health professionals can offer invaluable objective insights. These external viewpoints may highlight patterns you’ve overlooked or validate concerns you might be minimizing.

    Choose confidants who are thoughtful and impartial rather than those who may simply reinforce your current feelings. As Dr. Harriet Lerner advises in The Dance of Intimacy, wise counsel helps us distinguish between what is changeable in a relationship and what is not.


    30- Try Couples Therapy

    Professional couples therapy can facilitate transformative conversations and heal longstanding wounds. A skilled therapist creates a safe space for both partners to express vulnerabilities and learn new relational skills. Dr. Sue Johnson’s work on Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) underscores the power of guided emotional reconnection.

    Therapy can also reveal fundamental incompatibilities early, allowing you to make informed decisions about the future. Rather than viewing therapy as a last resort, consider it a proactive investment in the health of your relationship.


    31- Monitor the Progress

    Meaningful change requires consistent effort and time. Track your partner’s behavior and the overall relational climate over weeks or even months. Are promises being fulfilled? Are your needs increasingly met? As Peter Drucker noted, “What gets measured gets managed.” Monitoring provides concrete evidence of whether improvement is real or merely performative.

    Maintain an open dialogue during this period, revisiting your needs and adjustments as necessary. Progress is rarely linear, but clear trends should emerge if both partners are genuinely committed to growth and healing.


    32- Prepare Yourself to Walk Away

    Despite best efforts, some relationships may not meet your core emotional needs. Preparing emotionally and practically to leave is not an act of defeat but an affirmation of your self-worth. As bell hooks wrote in All About Love, “When we can see ourselves as worthy of love, we do not settle for self-betrayal.”

    Start considering logistical aspects: financial independence, living arrangements, and support systems. Simultaneously, strengthen your emotional resilience through therapy and self-reflection. Leaving a relationship requires courage but can ultimately lead to greater peace and fulfillment.


    Further Reading & References:

    • The Dance of Intimacy by Dr. Harriet Lerner
    • Hold Me Tight by Dr. Sue Johnson
    • Nonviolent Communication by Marshall Rosenberg
    • Boundaries by Dr. Henry Cloud & Dr. John Townsend
    • Attached by Dr. Amir Levine and Rachel Heller
    • The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen R. Covey
    • All About Love by bell hooks
    • The Gifts of Imperfection by Brené Brown
    • The Six Pillars of Self-Esteem by Nathaniel Branden

    Conclusion

    Navigating feelings of being unwanted and unappreciated by a partner is one of the most challenging emotional journeys. Yet, it is also a profound invitation to reconnect with your authentic self, honor your worth, and pursue a life aligned with your deepest values. By courageously examining your relationship, communicating openly, investing in self-growth, and preparing for any outcome, you reclaim your agency and dignity.

    As you move forward, remember that true love should elevate, not diminish, your spirit. May these steps guide you toward clarity, healing, and the deep, abiding connection — with yourself and with others — that you truly deserve.

    Feeling unwanted and unappreciated by a partner can be a profoundly isolating and disorienting experience. Yet, it can also be a powerful invitation to reconnect with yourself, reassess your needs, and take meaningful steps toward healing — whether within or beyond the relationship.

    By acknowledging your feelings, communicating openly, setting boundaries, and focusing on personal growth, you reclaim your sense of worth and agency. Remember, love that diminishes your spirit is not love worth keeping. As you navigate this journey, may you find the clarity and strength to choose a path aligned with your highest self.

    Bibliography

    1. Dr. Sue Johnson. Hold Me Tight: Seven Conversations for a Lifetime of Love. Little, Brown Spark, 2008.
    2. Marshall B. Rosenberg. Nonviolent Communication: A Language of Life. PuddleDancer Press, 2003.
    3. Dr. Henry Cloud and Dr. John Townsend. Boundaries: When to Say Yes, How to Say No to Take Control of Your Life. Zondervan, 1992.
    4. Dr. Amir Levine and Rachel Heller. Attached: The New Science of Adult Attachment and How It Can Help You Find—and Keep—Love. TarcherPerigee, 2010.
    5. Stephen R. Covey. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change. Free Press, 1989.
    6. Harriet Lerner. The Dance of Intimacy: A Woman’s Guide to Courageous Acts of Change in Key Relationships. Harper & Row, 1989.
    7. bell hooks. All About Love: New Visions. William Morrow, 2000.
    8. Brené Brown. The Gifts of Imperfection: Let Go of Who You Think You’re Supposed to Be and Embrace Who You Are. Hazelden Publishing, 2010.
    9. Nathaniel Branden. The Six Pillars of Self-Esteem. Bantam, 1994.
    10. Søren Kierkegaard. The Sickness Unto Death. Princeton University Press, 1980 (originally published 1849).
    11. Abraham H. Maslow. Motivation and Personality. Harper & Row, 1954.
    12. Peter F. Drucker. The Effective Executive: The Definitive Guide to Getting the Right Things Done. HarperBusiness, 1967.
    13. Maya Angelou. Letter to My Daughter. Random House, 2008.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Coming Again of Jesus Is It a Reality or An Illusion?

    Coming Again of Jesus Is It a Reality or An Illusion?

    The Parousia: A Critical Examination of the Second Coming of Jesus as Reality or Illusion

    I. Introduction: Defining Christian Eschatology and the Query’s Scope

    Christian eschatology, derived from the Greek words eschatos (“last”) and logia (“study”), constitutes a specialized field within Christian theology dedicated to the doctrine of “last things” or “end things”.1 This comprehensive area of study encompasses a broad spectrum of concepts, including death, the afterlife, the nature of Heaven and Hell, the resurrection of the dead, the rapture, the tribulation, various millennial beliefs, the ultimate end of the world, the Last Judgment, and the advent of a New Heaven and New Earth.1 These eschatological passages are woven throughout both the Old and New Testaments, forming a significant component of biblical narrative and theological discourse.1

    At the heart of Christian eschatology lies the doctrine of the Second Coming of Christ, frequently referred to by its Greek term, Parousia, signifying “presence” or “coming”.2 This anticipated event is not merely a peripheral belief but stands as a foundational tenet of Christian faith.2 It is understood as the pivotal moment when Jesus is prophesied to return to Earth, fulfilling remaining biblical prophecies, executing divine judgment upon humanity, and definitively establishing God’s eternal kingdom.2 The profound significance of this belief is underscored by its inclusion in fundamental Christian creeds, such as the Nicene Creed, which universally affirms Christ’s future return to judge the living and the dead.5 This widespread affirmation highlights its central role in shaping the Christian worldview, influencing believers’ understanding of history, their purpose in the present age, and the ultimate destiny of both humanity and the created order.1

    Podcast

    01
    Listen or Download Podcast : Coming Again of Jesus Is It a Reality or An Illusion?

    The present report undertakes a critical examination of this doctrine, moving beyond a simplistic affirmation or denial of its veracity. Its primary objective is to provide a comprehensive and nuanced analysis of the Second Coming, exploring its intricate theological underpinnings, the diverse interpretations that have emerged within Christianity, comparative perspectives from other Abrahamic religions, its historical evolution, and the various critiques leveled against it from philosophical, psychological, and sociological viewpoints. By delving into these multifaceted dimensions, the report aims to address the complex question of whether the anticipated return of Jesus functions as a verifiable reality within its theological framework or if it is, in part, a construct influenced by human factors, interpretive choices, and societal dynamics. The consistent emphasis across various theological traditions that the Second Coming is a “cornerstone” or “central tenet” of Christian faith indicates its profound significance. This is not merely an isolated doctrine but an integral part of the Christian worldview, shaping beliefs about history, purpose, and the ultimate destiny of humanity and creation. The inclusion of Christ’s return in foundational creeds like the Nicene Creed underscores its universal acceptance as a core belief, impacting believers’ daily lives and their understanding of their mission.3 Consequently, the inquiry into the “reality or illusion” of the Second Coming is not a peripheral theological debate but one that directly challenges or affirms the very core of Christian identity and its practical outworkings in the world.

    II. Biblical Foundations of the Second Coming

    The Christian doctrine of the Second Coming of Jesus is deeply embedded within the New Testament, with over 100 verses dedicated to this anticipated event, presenting a rich and often complex tapestry of prophecies and descriptions.2 These passages lay the scriptural groundwork for various interpretations that have developed over centuries.

    Key New Testament Passages and Prophecies

    The Gospels, particularly Matthew, provide foundational accounts of Jesus’ pronouncements regarding His return:

    • Matthew 24 and 25 are central to eschatological discussions, as Jesus speaks extensively about His return, often employing metaphors that emphasize its suddenness and the imperative for preparedness among His followers.2 In Matthew 24:3, His disciples explicitly inquire, “What will be the sign of your coming, and of the end of the age?”.10 Jesus responds by stating in Matthew 24:27, “For as lightning that comes from the east is visible even to the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man,” illustrating an event that will be sudden, universally visible, and undeniable.1 Further, Matthew 24:30-31 describes a public and glorious return: “They will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of the sky, with power and great glory. And He will send His angels with a loud trumpet call, and they will gather His elect from the four winds”.1 Despite these vivid descriptions, the precise timing remains undisclosed, as Matthew 24:36-37, 42, and 44 emphasize: “But concerning that day and hour no one knows, not even the angels of heaven, nor the Son, but the Father only.” This reinforces the call for vigilance and readiness, likening His return to the unexpected flood in the days of Noah.10
    • Luke 12:37, 40 echoes the theme of readiness, urging servants to remain watchful for their master’s unexpected return, reinforcing the need for constant spiritual alertness.10
    • John 5:28-29 and 6:40 detail a future resurrection event, stating that “All who are in tombs will hear His voice, and will come forth; those who did the good deeds to a resurrection of life, those who committed evil deeds to a resurrection of judgment.” This resurrection is explicitly linked to the “last day”.10
    • John 14:3 offers a message of comfort and assurance, as Jesus promises His disciples, “If I go and prepare a place for you, I will come back and take you to be with Me that you also may be where I am,” providing a vision of future reunion.10
    • Acts 1:10-11 provides a crucial account of Jesus’ ascension. As He is taken up into heaven, two angels declare to the disciples, “This Jesus, who was taken up from you into heaven, will come in the same way as you saw him go into heaven,” indicating a visible, physical, and personal return.11

    The Pauline Epistles further elaborate on the nature and implications of the Second Coming:

    • 1 Corinthians 1:7-8, 11:26, 15:22-23, and 15:51-52 highlight the eager anticipation of Jesus’ revelation. Paul notes that believers proclaim the Lord’s death “until He comes” through the celebration of the Eucharist. He describes a transformative resurrection at His coming, where the dead are raised imperishable, and the living are changed “in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet”.10
    • 1 Thessalonians 4:16-17 offers one of the most detailed descriptions of the event: “For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first. Then we who are alive, who are left, will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”.1
    • 2 Thessalonians 1:9-10, 2:1-3, and 2:8 describe the punishment awaiting those who do not acknowledge God “on the day when He comes to be glorified.” These passages also introduce the concept of a “rebellion” and the revelation of the “man of lawlessness” before Christ’s return, whom Jesus will destroy “by the splendor of His coming”.10
    • 2 Peter 3:8-10 addresses the perceived delay of Christ’s return, offering a theological explanation: “But do not overlook this one fact, beloved, that with the Lord one day is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slow to fulfill his promise as some count slowness, but is patient toward you, not wishing that any should perish, but that all should reach repentance.” It reiterates that the “day of the Lord will come like a thief,” bringing transformative changes to the heavens and earth.11

    The apocalyptic visions of Revelation provide a dramatic conclusion to the biblical narrative of Christ’s return:

    • Revelation 1:7-8 and 20:11-15 portray Jesus “coming with the clouds, and every eye will see him,” followed by a “great white throne” judgment where the dead are judged according to their deeds.11
    • Revelation 22:7, 12, and 20 repeatedly feature Jesus declaring, “Surely I am coming soon,” reinforcing the expectation of His imminent arrival.14

    Nature of Biblical Prophecy Concerning Christ’s Return

    The New Testament consistently emphasizes the certainty and prominence of Jesus’ Second Coming, mentioning it over 300 times across its 260 chapters and in nearly every book.9 Jesus Himself utilized parables, such as the parable of the Door-Keeper and the Ten Virgins, to convey the critical importance of readiness and watchfulness for His return.15 Despite the certainty of the event, the Scriptures explicitly state that the exact time remains undisclosed, known “only the Father”.5 Consequently, severe warnings are issued against attempts to predict the precise timing of His coming.5

    A significant tension arises from the biblical emphasis on the imminence and suddenness of Christ’s return, often described with vivid metaphors like a “thief in the night” or “lightning”.1 This expectation of an immediate return is juxtaposed with the historical reality of nearly two millennia having passed without this widely anticipated physical event. This temporal gap has necessitated theological explanations, such as the one found in 2 Peter 3:8-10, which accounts for God’s patience (“with the Lord one day is as a thousand years”) and His desire for all to come to repentance.11 This inherent tension between an “imminent” expectation and a historical “delay” has consistently fueled theological debate and reinterpretation throughout Christian history.9 The perceived delay challenges a simplistic understanding of biblical prophecy, compelling believers to reconcile divine promise with observable historical experience.

    Furthermore, the biblical concept of “coming” exhibits a multifaceted nature. While many passages clearly describe a future, visible, and physical return 1, some scholarly interpretations, particularly those adhering to preterist views, propose that certain biblical “comings” refer to divine judgments or spiritual manifestations that have already transpired.22 For instance, the “coming on the clouds” in Matthew 24:30 is sometimes interpreted as a symbolic representation of God’s judgment on Jerusalem in AD 70, rather than a future global event.22 The Greek term

    parousia itself, commonly translated as “coming,” can also convey the meaning of “presence”.4 This linguistic nuance, combined with the symbolic characteristics often found in apocalyptic literature, suggests that the biblical language may allow for multiple layers of fulfillment or meaning, extending beyond solely a singular, literal future event. This inherent complexity in the biblical concept of “coming” forms the bedrock of the ongoing debate between literal and symbolic interpretations, directly influencing whether the Second Coming is perceived as a singular future reality, an event already fulfilled in a historical sense, or an ongoing spiritual presence. This interpretive flexibility contributes to the diverse theological “realities” held by different Christian groups.

    Verse ReferenceKey Descriptive Elements
    Matthew 24:27Sudden, universally visible, like lightning

    III. Diverse Christian Eschatological Interpretations

    The biblical prophecies concerning the Second Coming of Christ have given rise to a rich tapestry of interpretations within Christianity, particularly concerning the nature and timing of the “millennium” described in Revelation 20. These interpretations, often termed millennial views, form the bedrock of diverse eschatological systems across denominations.

    Millennial Views (Interpretations of Revelation 20’s “Thousand Years”)

    The “thousand years” mentioned in Revelation 20 has been a focal point for differing eschatological frameworks:

    • Premillennialism: This view asserts that Christ’s physical return to Earth will precede a literal thousand-year reign of peace, often referred to as the millennium.2 This period is commonly envisioned as a time when Christ will govern directly from Jerusalem.
    • Dispensational Premillennialism: A prominent sub-category, this position holds that true believers, both living and deceased, will be “raptured” (caught up) to heaven before a seven-year period of intense tribulation on Earth.2 Following this tribulation, Christ is believed to return physically to establish His earthly kingdom.2 A distinguishing feature of dispensationalism is its emphasis on a theological distinction between the nation of Israel and the Church, each having separate divine promises and roles.28 This perspective often articulates a two-phase return of Christ: the rapture (Christ “coming for” His saints) and a later “revelation” or “appearing” (Christ “coming with” His saints).33
    • Historic Premillennialism: This interpretation also anticipates Christ’s return before the millennium but does not necessarily include a pre-tribulation rapture; instead, it is often post-tribulational, meaning believers will endure the tribulation period.2 Unlike dispensationalism, it does not maintain a strict separation between ethnic Israel and the Church.32 This view was historically prevalent among Christians in the first three centuries.29
    • Rapture Timing: Within the broader premillennial framework, there are three primary sub-views concerning the timing of the rapture relative to the Great Tribulation: Pretribulation (before), Midtribulation (mid-way), and Posttribulation (after).1
    • Postmillennialism: In contrast to premillennialism, postmillennialism proposes that Christ’s physical return will occur after a “golden age” of widespread Christian influence and moral progress on Earth.2 This golden age is understood to be initiated and expanded through the Church’s successful evangelization and societal transformation. Postmillennialists generally maintain an optimistic outlook on the Gospel’s capacity to progressively improve society through the dissemination of Christian values, justice, and peace.2 The millennium in this view is interpreted metaphorically, representing a period during which Christ reigns spiritually through His followers, culminating in His physical return to bring God’s kingdom to its ultimate fulfillment.2
    • Amillennialism: This is often considered the most symbolic interpretation, asserting that the “thousand years” of Revelation 20 is not a future literal period but a present reality.2 According to this perspective, the millennium commenced with Christ’s resurrection and ascension and continues throughout the current Church Age. Amillennialists believe that Christ is presently reigning from heaven, and His return will directly usher in the final judgment and the creation of a new heaven and earth.2 This view emphasizes the “already-but-not-yet” nature of God’s kingdom, where believers experience aspects of God’s rule in the present while anticipating its ultimate consummation in the future.2

    Denominational Perspectives

    The various millennial views are adopted and interpreted by different Christian denominations, leading to distinct eschatological stances:

    • Catholic Church: The Catholic Church steadfastly teaches that Christ will return in glory to judge the living and the dead and establish His eternal kingdom.3 Catholic theology employs the “already, but not yet” framework, affirming that Christ inaugurated the Kingdom through His earthly ministry, but its full realization awaits His glorious return.3 The “thousand years” in Revelation 20 is interpreted symbolically, with the Church itself understood as the Kingdom of God on earth, progressing toward its eternal fulfillment.3 The Church explicitly rejects the concept of a “secret rapture,” teaching that the Second Coming will be a single, public, and cosmic event.3 The perceived “delay” of Christ’s return is understood as serving a divine purpose, providing more time for repentance and for the Gospel to be preached to all nations.3
    • Eastern Orthodox Church: The Orthodox understanding of the Second Coming (Parousia) is unequivocal: Jesus Christ will truly return, and His second advent is not a myth or metaphor.4 The Nicene Creed, a foundational confession of faith for Orthodoxy, affirms Christ’s return “with glory, to judge the living and the dead, whose Kingdom shall have no end”.5 Historic Orthodoxy prioritizes the
      reality of Christ’s return over the timing, actively discouraging speculative predictions and focusing instead on spiritual preparation and holy living.5 The Orthodox Church generally refrains from strict adherence to the pre-millennial, post-millennial, or amillennial categories common in Western Protestantism.5
    • Protestant Denominations:
    • Baptist: Many Baptist churches and theologians adhere to a premillennial view, often incorporating a pre-tribulational rapture.16 They typically believe in a literal, personal, visible, and bodily return of Christ to establish His earthly kingdom for 1,000 years.17
    • Methodist: The doctrinal standards of The United Methodist Church explicitly affirm Christ’s return to judge the living and the dead. However, they do not incorporate the concepts of a “rapture” or a “Great Tribulation” into their teaching, viewing them as “speculations of later generations in other Protestant denominations”.36 Methodist theology tends to focus less on the precise timing of the Second Coming and more on living out the teachings of Christ’s first coming, emphasizing practical holiness and social engagement.36 Some scholars within Methodist thought advocate for a “participatory eschatology,” where believers are called to actively participate in the realization of God’s kingdom.31
    • Presbyterian (PCUSA): Reformed theology, which underpins Presbyterian doctrine, generally aligns with an amillennial position.8 Most within the Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.) do not subscribe to the rapture viewpoint, affirming that the broken world will be transformed when Christ returns.8
    • Lutheran: Lutherans teach, consistent with the Apostles’ Creed, that Jesus Christ “will come again to judge the living and the dead”.38 They believe Christ will return once at the end of time, not to “rapture” believers away or establish an earthly kingdom, but to separate believers from unbelievers for eternal reward or punishment.38 They reject popular “left behind” theological narratives, asserting that God does not “pluck a select group of people from the earth” but comes to dwell with humanity.39
    • Pentecostal/Charismatic: These movements are often characterized by an expectation of the imminent Second Coming of Christ and typically align with premillennialism.27 The Azusa Street Revival (1906-1915), which was instrumental in establishing Pentecostalism, interpreted the massive outpouring of the Holy Spirit as a sign immediately preceding Christ’s return, fostering a strong millenarian inclination.40
    • Seventh-day Adventist: This denomination maintains a unique system of eschatological beliefs rooted in a historicist interpretation of prophecy, with the premillennial Second Coming of Christ as a central tenet.18 They believe the Second Coming will be literal, personal, visible, and worldwide.18 Upon His return, the righteous dead will be resurrected and, along with the righteous living, will be glorified and taken to heaven for one thousand years. After this millennium, the unsaved will cease to exist (annihilation), and the saved will live on a recreated Earth for eternity.18 They explicitly state that the Second Coming is “not a secret for only the most educated” and “not metaphorical or symbolic”.18
    • Jehovah’s Witnesses: This group holds a distinct belief that the Second Coming was an invisible, spiritual event that occurred in 1914.43 They interpret the Greek word
      parousia as an extended invisible “presence” that is perceived only through a series of “signs”.44 They believe Jesus (identified as Michael the Archangel) began ruling from heaven in 1914, and after a tribulation period, will bring judgment.44

    The fundamental differences between the major millennial views (Premillennialism, Postmillennialism, Amillennialism) and even within them (Dispensational vs. Historic Premillennialism) largely originate from divergent approaches to interpreting biblical prophecy, particularly the “thousand years” described in Revelation 20.2 Amillennialists and Postmillennialists predominantly employ symbolic or allegorical interpretations of this period, viewing it as a spiritual reign or a metaphorical golden age, while Premillennialists insist on a literal reading of the thousand years.2 This foundational hermeneutical choice then cascades into vastly different understandings of the sequence of end-time events, the specific nature of Christ’s reign, and the respective roles of the Church and Israel in God’s overarching plan.28 This deep hermeneutical divide means that the “reality” of the Second Coming is not a monolithic concept even within Christianity. What constitutes “reality” in one system (e.g., a literal 1000-year earthly reign) is considered a “symbolic” truth or a different kind of reality in another. This highlights that the “reality” is often a constructed theological reality based on foundational interpretive choices, making the “illusion” not a complete fabrication, but a differing theological understanding.

    The “already-but-not-yet” framework, explicitly articulated by Catholic theology and Amillennialism 2, serves as a sophisticated theological response to the enduring tension between the biblical emphasis on Christ’s present reign (the “already”) and the future expectation of His physical return and final judgment (the “not yet”). This framework allows believers to affirm the inaugurated reality of God’s kingdom through Christ’s first coming while maintaining a fervent hope for its ultimate, glorious consummation. It provides a theological mechanism to manage the perceived “delay” of the Parousia without resorting to speculative timelines or abandoning the future hope.3 This framework offers a nuanced understanding of the Second Coming’s “reality,” allowing for a robust belief in its future fulfillment without requiring precise temporal predictions that have historically led to “Great Disappointments”.41 It shifts the focus from

    when the event will occur to how God’s kingdom is unfolding, challenging simplistic literalisms and providing a more adaptable theological posture that can accommodate the passage of time.

    ViewNature of MillenniumTiming of Christ’s Return relative to MillenniumRapture BeliefRole of Church/Israel
    Premillennialism (Dispensational)Literal 1000-year earthly reignBefore (precedes)Pre-tribulation (believers taken before tribulation)Distinct roles; Israel has future national fulfillment, Church is a separate entity
    Premillennialism (Historic)Literal 1000-year earthly reignBefore (precedes)Post-tribulation (believers go through tribulation)Unified people of God; no strict distinction between Israel and Church
    PostmillennialismMetaphorical/Spiritual reign (golden age of Christian influence)After (subsequent to)Not applicable/rejected (no separate rapture event)Church brings about the golden age through Gospel transformation
    AmillennialismSymbolic/Spiritual reign (coincides with current Church Age)Coincides with Church Age (ushers in final judgment and new creation)Not applicable/rejected (no separate rapture event)Christ reigns from heaven through the Church; “already-but-not-yet” kingdom
    DenominationPrimary Eschatological StanceKey Distinctive Beliefs regarding Second Coming/End Times
    Catholic ChurchAmillennial (symbolic millennium)Christ returns in glory to judge living/dead; single, public, cosmic event; rejects secret rapture; emphasis on “already-but-not-yet” kingdom; delay for repentance/evangelization 3
    Eastern Orthodox ChurchAmillennial (symbolic millennium)Christ truly returns; emphasis on reality, not timing; discourages speculation; focus on spiritual preparation/holy living 4
    BaptistOften Premillennial (often Dispensational)Literal, personal, visible, bodily return; often includes pre-tribulational rapture; Christ sets up 1000-year earthly kingdom 17
    MethodistAmillennial (symbolic millennium)Christ returns to judge living/dead; rejects rapture/Great Tribulation as later speculations; focus on living out Christ’s first coming teachings, practical holiness, social engagement 31
    Presbyterian (PCUSA)Amillennial (symbolic millennium)Reformed theology generally amillennial; rejects rapture viewpoint; world transformed at Christ’s return 8
    LutheranAmillennial (symbolic millennium)Christ returns once to judge living/dead; separates believers from unbelievers; rejects rapture/earthly kingdom; God dwells with humanity, not “plucking” select group 38
    Pentecostal/CharismaticOften PremillennialExpectation of imminent Second Coming; Azusa Street Revival linked to outpouring of Holy Spirit preceding return; strong millenarian bent 27
    Seventh-day AdventistPremillennial (Historicist)Literal, personal, visible, worldwide return; righteous taken to heaven for 1000 years; unsaved annihilated after millennium; emphasis on historicist interpretation of prophecy 18
    Jehovah’s WitnessesInvisible/Spiritual Presence (Preterist)Second Coming was invisible, spiritual event in 1914; Parousia means extended invisible “presence”; Jesus (as Michael) began ruling from heaven in 1914 43

    IV. Comparative Religious Perspectives on a Returning Messiah/Prophet

    The concept of a future transformative figure or event is not unique to Christianity. Other Abrahamic religions, notably Islam and Judaism, also hold significant eschatological expectations involving a returning messianic or prophetic figure, albeit with distinct identities and roles.

    Islamic Views on the Return of Isa (Jesus)

    Islamic tradition maintains that Jesus, known as Isa in Arabic, will return to Earth before the Day of Judgment to fulfill specific divine roles.45 This belief is primarily derived from various Hadiths, which are collections of sayings and actions attributed to Prophet Muhammad, and from scholarly interpretations of certain verses within the Quran.45

    While the Quran does not explicitly detail the mechanics of Isa’s return, some verses are interpreted by Islamic scholars as alluding to it. For instance, Surah An-Nisa (4:157–159) emphasizes that Jesus was neither killed nor crucified but was instead “raised up by Allah”.45 The phrase “And there is none from the People of the Scripture but that he will surely believe in Jesus before his death” is widely interpreted to mean that Jesus will return to Earth to complete his mission before his actual death.45

    Hadith literature provides more detailed accounts of Isa’s return. It is prophesied that he will descend at the white minaret on the eastern side of Damascus.45 Upon his return, Isa is expected to:

    • Judge mankind justly as a righteous ruler.45
    • “Break the Cross” and “kill the pigs,” actions interpreted as rectifying religious deviations and reinforcing the purity of monotheism (Tawhid, the oneness of God).45
    • Abolish the Jizya (a tax historically levied on non-Muslims) and usher in a period of such abundance that charitable gifts will no longer be accepted due to widespread prosperity.45
    • Lead prayers and defeat the Al-Masih ad-Dajjal (The False Messiah or Antichrist), after which the ancient tribes of Gog and Magog will disperse.45
    • Live for a period, often cited as 40 years 47, after his return, then die and be buried, reportedly alongside Prophet Muhammad.47

    In comparing these beliefs with Christian views, it is important to note that Islam reveres Jesus as a beloved prophet, acknowledging his sinless nature and miraculous deeds, but fundamentally denies his divinity and his status as the Son of God.47 Muslims believe that Jesus’ original message was altered or corrupted (

    tahrif) after his ascension.48 From an Islamic perspective, Prophet Muhammad is seen as having affirmed Jesus’ return but reinterpreted his role, presenting Islam as a continuation of previous Abrahamic faiths rather than a direct competitor, by stating that Jesus would return as a Muslim ruler.47

    Jewish Messianic Expectations

    In Jewish eschatology, the Messiah (Mashiach) is anticipated as a future human leader, a king descended from the Davidic line, who will be anointed with holy anointing oil.49 This figure is expected to rule the Jewish people during the Messianic Age and the “world to come”.49

    Key expectations of the Jewish Messiah include:

    • Gathering the dispersed Jewish people from all corners of the Earth and bringing them back to the Land of Israel.49
    • Ushering in an era of global peace and justice, a time when “all nations recognize that the God of Israel is the only true God”.49
    • Rebuilding the Holy Temple in Jerusalem, which symbolizes the restoration of a direct and permanent relationship between God and Israel.49
    • Being a human leader, a descendant of King David, who will uphold the Torah and rule with wisdom and righteousness.50
    • The Messianic Age will also involve the resurrection of the dead and the creation of a new heaven and new earth.49

    Some Jewish traditions allude to two redeemers: Mashiach ben Yosef (a suffering Messiah) and Mashiach ben David (the traditional kingly Messiah).49 Regarding timing, some kabbalistic traditions link the Messianic Era to a cosmic week of 7,000 years, with the seventh millennium (Hebrew years 6000-7000) being the age of universal “rest”.49

    A comparative analysis of these Abrahamic faiths reveals a shared eschatological framework, characterized by a linear cosmology and a fundamental expectation of a transformative end-time scenario involving a returning figure who brings judgment and establishes a righteous rule.20 This shared structural expectation suggests a common ancestral narrative regarding divine intervention in history. However, the critical divergence lies in the

    identity and theological significance of this central figure. In Christianity, Jesus returns as the divine Son of God and ultimate judge.1 In Islam, Isa returns as a prophet and Muslim ruler, explicitly denying divinity and correcting Christian “misconceptions”.47 Judaism, conversely, anticipates a human Messiah from the Davidic line, who is yet to come and is distinct from Jesus as understood by Christians.49 This highlights that while the

    idea of a “Second Coming” or a returning messianic figure is a widespread Abrahamic concept, its specific theological content and the nature of the “reality” it represents are profoundly different across these faiths. This impacts whether the event is perceived as a universal truth or a specific religious narrative, and it underscores the inherent faith-dependent nature of these beliefs. The variations demonstrate that while the expectation of a future redeemer is a shared human and religious phenomenon, the precise contours of that “reality” are shaped by the distinct theological frameworks of each tradition.

    The historical record also indicates that eschatological narratives are not merely internal theological constructs but can be actively shaped, reinterpreted, and deployed in inter-religious discourse. The snippets detailing Islamic views explicitly state that Muhammad “twisted” the Christian understanding of Jesus’ return to present Islam as a “continuation” of previous Abrahamic faiths rather than a direct “competitor”.47 This reinterpretation, particularly the claim that Jesus will return as a Muslim and “convert them to Islam,” directly challenges Christian identity and serves to reinforce Islamic truth claims and theological superiority.47 This dynamic moves beyond purely internal theological discussions into the realm of religious identity, authority, and evangelism. The “reality” of the Second Coming, particularly its specific details and outcomes, is not just a matter of theological belief but can be a point of significant contention and a mechanism for defining religious boundaries and asserting theological authority. This shows how the “illusion” for one faith might be the “reality” for another, deeply intertwined with historical and ongoing religious competition and identity formation. The way these narratives are constructed and presented can therefore serve to solidify group identity and differentiate one religious community from another, even when sharing common prophetic figures.

    V. The Core Debate: Literal vs. Symbolic Interpretation

    The question of whether the Second Coming of Jesus is a reality or an illusion largely hinges on the hermeneutical approach applied to biblical texts, particularly those found in prophetic and apocalyptic literature. The debate between literal and symbolic interpretations is central to understanding the diverse Christian views on this doctrine.

    Arguments for a Literal, Physical Return of Jesus

    Proponents of a literal interpretation contend that the Second Coming will be a tangible, physical event, mirroring Christ’s first advent and ascension.

    • Biblical Consistency and Analogy: A primary argument is that if Christ’s first coming was a literal, physical event—He was a real, bodily being who could be touched and seen after His resurrection [Luke 24:39]—then His Second Coming should also be understood literally, unless there is explicit biblical evidence to the contrary.12 The consistency of God’s past actions is seen as a reliable indicator of future fulfillment.
    • Acts 1:11: This passage is frequently cited as definitive proof of a literal return. At Jesus’ ascension, two angels declared to the disciples, “This Jesus, who was taken up from you into heaven, will come in just the same way as you have watched Him go into heaven”.1 This is interpreted as a straightforward, historical narrative, not a symbolic vision, promising a bodily return.12 The phrase “in just the same way” is understood to imply a visible, physical, and personal return.
    • Pauline Epistles: Passages such as 1 Thessalonians 4:16, “For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of an archangel, and with the trumpet of God,” are interpreted as describing a literal descent of Jesus from heaven.12 While acknowledging that some figurative language may be present, the core event is understood to be a literal manifestation of Christ.
    • Creedal Affirmations: Early Christian confessions of faith, including the Apostles’ Creed and the Nicene Creed, explicitly affirm a literal return of Christ to judge the living and the dead.5 These creeds are considered to reflect the consistent understanding of the early Church regarding a future, bodily return, indicating a historical consensus on this literal interpretation.12
    • Hermeneutical Principle: Advocates for literal interpretation argue that it is the “normal approach to understanding the meaning of all languages” and most of the Bible.51 They assert that words in the Bible carry their usual, everyday meaning unless the immediate context clearly indicates otherwise.51 While acknowledging the Bible’s use of metaphors, symbols, and figures of speech, they contend that these elements always point back to a literal truth.51 They further argue that past prophecies concerning Christ’s first coming were literally fulfilled, providing a strong precedent for a literal fulfillment of prophecies concerning His second coming.51
    • Distinction from Spiritual Influence: Proponents emphasize that the Second Coming is distinct from Christ’s spiritual presence through the Holy Spirit (e.g., at conversion) or His presence at death. These spiritual experiences are seen as different from the literal, physical, and public return that the Scriptures describe.13 The physical signs associated with the Second Coming, such as the resurrection of the dead and the fleeing of the wicked, are seen as evidence that it cannot be merely a spiritual event.13

    Arguments for a Symbolic, Spiritual, or Fulfilled (Preterist) Interpretation of “Coming”

    Conversely, other interpretations argue for a non-literal understanding of certain “comings” of Jesus, suggesting they refer to past events or spiritual realities.

    • Preterism: This eschatological view interprets some (partial preterism) or all (full preterism) biblical prophecies, particularly those in Daniel and Revelation, as events that have already occurred.1 A significant focus is on prophecies being fulfilled in the first century AD, especially with the destruction of Jerusalem in AD 70.1 This view often posits that the “coming” in Matthew 24 refers to a divine judgment on Jerusalem.22
    • Meaning of “Immediately” (εὐθέως): In Matthew 24:29 (“But immediately after the tribulation of those days…”), critics argue that “immediately” (εὐθέως) signifies “without delay” and logically precludes a multi-thousand-year gap between the events described in verses 28 and 29.22 They cite other New Testament instances where
      εὐθέως consistently means “right away” (e.g., Matthew 20:34, Luke 22:60), asserting that applying a “God’s timing” interpretation to mean millennia is a “desperate attempt to make the text say what it doesn’t”.22
    • “This Generation” (γενεά): Matthew 24:34 states, “Truly I say to you, this generation will not pass away until all these things take place.” Advocates of a fulfilled interpretation argue that “this generation” (γενεά) consistently refers to Jesus’ contemporaries, implying that the prophecies (including those in verses 29-31) were fulfilled within the first century.21 They contend that if
      genea meant “race” or a future generation, a different Greek word (genos) would have been used.22
    • Genre Shift to Apocalyptic: It is argued that Matthew 24:29 onwards marks a shift from straightforward narrative to apocalyptic genre, which employs visionary, symbolic, and metaphorical language.22 Therefore, interpreting the Bible “literally” means interpreting it “according to the literature,” which for apocalyptic texts necessitates a figurative hermeneutic rather than a rigid, wooden literalism.22
    • Cosmic Imagery as Symbolism: Descriptions like the sun darkening, moon not giving light, and stars falling (Matthew 24:29-30) are interpreted as apocalyptic symbolism for national judgment, not literal celestial calamities.22 This imagery is consistent with Old Testament prophetic tradition, where similar cosmic language symbolized the downfall of powerful nations (e.g., Isaiah 13:10 for Babylon, Ezekiel 32:7-8 for Egypt).22
    • “Coming on the Clouds”: In Matthew 24:30, “coming on the clouds” is interpreted not as a literal physical descent but as symbolizing God’s glory and divine intervention for judgment.22 This is often linked to Daniel 7:13, where “One like a Son of Man was coming, and He came up to the Ancient of Days,” signifying a heavenly enthronement and receiving of dominion, not a descent to Earth.22
    • “All the Tribes of the Earth Will Mourn”: The Greek word for “earth” (γῆ – gē) is argued to overwhelmingly refer to a specific, localized region, most commonly the land of Israel, rather than the entire planet.22 When paired with “tribes” (
      φυλαί), referring to the twelve tribal divisions of Israel, the mourning is understood as local and specific to Judah, not worldwide.22
    • Two Kinds of “Comings”: This view posits that the New Testament describes two distinct “comings” of Christ: His final, bodily return at the end of human history, and His “covenantal coming in judgment,” specifically against Jerusalem in AD 70.22 Proponents argue that conflating these two distinct events is an error.22
    • Metaphorical Resurrection: Some scholarly views interpret Jesus’ resurrection metaphorically, relating it to the human experience of change, hope, and renewal, arguing that literal interpretations can be anachronistic in a modern context.56
    • Historical Precedents (Origen and Augustine): Early Church Fathers like Origen spiritualized the Second Coming, viewing it as Christ coming into the soul of the believer.58 Augustine, while not precluding a future literal return, taught that Christ’s millennial reign began with His first coming and continues through the Church, influencing Christian understanding for centuries.58

    Hermeneutical Approaches to Apocalyptic Literature

    The interpretation of apocalyptic literature, such as the Book of Revelation, is crucial to this debate.

    • Literal Hermeneutics: This approach, advocated by many evangelicals and fundamentalists, insists on taking each word at its “primary, ordinary, usual, literal meaning,” unless the immediate context clearly indicates otherwise.51 It acknowledges the presence of symbols and figures of speech but maintains that these always point to something literal.51 This method seeks to understand the text in its historical and grammatical context, believing it says what it means and means what it says.51
    • Allegorical Interpretation: This interpretive method assumes that the Bible has various levels of meaning, often focusing on the spiritual or symbolic sense over the literal.60 One specific type, anagogic interpretation, deals directly with future eschatological events, including prophecies of the Second Advent, interpreting them in a non-literal way.60 This approach allows for a more flexible understanding of cosmic and dramatic imagery, seeing them as conveying deeper theological truths rather than predicting concrete physical events.

    The debate between literal and symbolic interpretations is not a minor disagreement but a fundamental conflict over how to read and understand biblical texts, especially prophecy and apocalyptic literature.22 The chosen hermeneutic directly dictates whether the Second Coming is perceived as a future physical event, an event already fulfilled in the past, or an ongoing spiritual reality. For example, the preterist argument critically re-evaluates the meaning of “immediately” and “this generation” by examining their consistent usage in the New Testament 22, while literalists prioritize the plain reading of passages like Acts 1:11, seeing it as a direct promise of physical return.12 This signifies that the “reality” of the Second Coming is, to a significant degree, a product of the interpretive framework applied to the sacred texts. Different interpretive lenses lead to different constructions of this “reality.”

    The historical record also reveals that early Christians expected an “imminent” return of Christ.9 When this immediate return did not materialize, it necessitated theological adjustments and new interpretations to reconcile the biblical promises with observable reality.21 The emergence of preterism, Origen’s spiritualization of the Second Coming, and Augustine’s reinterpretation of the millennium can be understood as significant responses to the perceived “delay” of the Parousia.53 This demonstrates a dynamic relationship where theological doctrines adapt over time to maintain their core tenets while addressing discrepancies with historical experience. This historical pattern of interpretive adaptation in response to perceived “failed prophecy” 61 suggests that the “reality” of the Second Coming is not static but has been continually re-conceptualized and re-articulated to retain its theological significance across changing historical contexts. This points to the “illusion” aspect not as a complete falsehood, but as a flexible, evolving interpretation that maintains the belief’s relevance and addresses the challenges of unfulfilled expectations.

    Interpretive ApproachKey ArgumentsSupporting Biblical Passages/ConceptsKey Hermeneutical Principles
    Literal/FuturistConsistency with Christ’s First Coming; plain reading of explicit statements; physical nature of ascension implies physical return; creedal affirmationsLuke 24:39, Acts 1:11, 1 Thessalonians 4:16, Apostles’ Creed, Nicene CreedGrammatical-Historical Method; words mean what they say unless context dictates otherwise; symbols point to literal truths 12
    Symbolic/Preterist“Immediately” (εὐθέως) implies no long delay; “This generation” (γενεά) refers to contemporaries; genre shift to apocalyptic requires figurative reading; cosmic imagery symbolizes national judgment; “coming on clouds” symbolizes divine judgment/enthronement; “earth” (γῆ) refers to land of Israel; two kinds of “comings” (judgment vs. final return); historical interpretations by Church Fathers (Origen, Augustine)Matthew 24:29, 24:34, 20:34, Luke 22:60, Isaiah 13:10, Ezekiel 32:7-8, Daniel 7:13, Revelation 1:7Genre analysis (apocalyptic requires figurative reading); contextual interpretation of Greek terms; historical context of first-century Judaism; allegorical method; anagogic interpretation 22

    VI. Critiques and Challenges to the Doctrine of the Second Coming

    The doctrine of the Second Coming, while central to Christian faith, has faced various critiques and challenges from philosophical, rationalist, psychological, and sociological perspectives. These critiques often question the empirical reality of the event, its consistency with observed phenomena, and its broader societal implications.

    Philosophical and Rationalist Arguments

    • Problem of Divine Hiddenness: A significant philosophical argument against the existence of God, and by extension, the literal Second Coming, is the problem of divine hiddenness. This argument posits that if an omnibenevolent and loving God truly exists and desires a relationship with humanity—a relationship that necessitates belief in Him—then this God would make His existence more universally apparent and rationally undeniable.64 The persistent lack of universally obvious divine presence, including the delayed or unseen Second Coming, is cited as a significant challenge or even evidence against God’s existence.64 The argument suggests that the current state of affairs, where many people fail to believe in God through no fault of their own, contradicts what one would expect from a loving deity who desires a relationship with all.65
    • Critiques of Supernatural Revelation and Prophecy Fulfillment: Some philosophical critiques argue that claims of supernatural revelation, such as the divine inspiration of biblical texts, miracles, or fulfilled prophecies, cannot be substantiated in a non-circular or empirically verifiable manner.67 Any inference from a natural phenomenon (e.g., an unexpected event, a successful prediction) to a supernatural cause is deemed a
      non sequitur.67 For example, a purported miracle, while contrary to reasonable natural expectations, could still be attributed to a rare but entirely natural power, rather than requiring a supernatural explanation.67 Similarly, a fulfilled prophecy, though an unexpected prediction, could be attributed to luck or natural insight, and the historical and textual basis for many traditional prophecies is often questioned by modern scholarship due to diverse or conflicting viewpoints within biblical texts.67 The idea that supernatural revelation is perceived through “special divine insight” is also critiqued, as this “insight” itself is a natural phenomenon (a belief or conviction) whose supernatural origin cannot be logically inferred.67
    • Scientific Critiques of Supernatural Events: Modern scientific insights often question the certainties of conventional eschatology, particularly the notion of a cataclysmic irruption of God’s power into human history.69 The law of entropy, for instance, is cited as precluding the emergence of a universe without the constraints of time, space, energy, and regularity, thus challenging the idea of a completely new, perfect world replacing the existing one.69 The theory of emergence also challenges the “resurrection” of a person “released” from its physical and biological infrastructure.69 These scientific frameworks lead to the perception that traditional eschatological beliefs, if interpreted literally, are anachronistic or difficult to reconcile with a scientific worldview that relies on evidence and observable phenomena.56
    • Secular Perspectives on End Times Prophecies: From a secular viewpoint, apocalyptic narratives, including those concerning the Second Coming, are often analyzed as literary genres or cultural phenomena rather than literal predictions.72 Such analyses may highlight inconsistencies with modern moral standards or scientific understanding. For example, the idea of stars “falling” is seen as conflicting with astronomical knowledge, as a literal star falling would obliterate Earth.72 Secular analyses also question the ethical implications of divine judgment, such as the punishment of entire populations, and how apocalyptic imagery has been used historically to justify violence or exclusion.72 Some philosophical arguments against divine intervention contend that morality and goodness can exist independently of a specific religious framework or divine lawgiver.66 The problem of evil and suffering is also frequently cited as evidence against an all-powerful, all-knowing, and benevolent God, questioning why such a God would permit unnecessary evil.66

    The tension between theological certainty and empirical disconfirmation represents a significant challenge to the doctrine of the Second Coming. While Christian theology asserts the certainty of Christ’s return based on biblical promises and creedal affirmations 9, the lack of its observable manifestation over nearly two millennia creates a cognitive dissonance for believers and provides grounds for skeptical inquiry.61 This enduring discrepancy compels theologians to develop complex interpretive frameworks, such as the “already-but-not-yet” concept or re-evaluations of prophetic timing, to maintain the doctrine’s coherence and relevance.2 The ongoing need for such theological adjustments in response to unfulfilled expectations underscores that the “reality” of the Second Coming, for many, is not a straightforward empirical fact but a deeply held belief sustained through interpretive and faith-based mechanisms. This dynamic interplay between belief and observation is central to the “reality or illusion” question, suggesting that for some, the “reality” is primarily theological and existential, while for others, the lack of empirical evidence renders it an “illusion.”

    Psychological and Sociological Impacts

    Belief in the Second Coming and associated end-times prophecies can have profound psychological and sociological effects on individuals and groups.

    • Psychological Effects of Belief in End Times (Anxiety, Cognitive Dissonance):
    • The belief in an impending apocalypse or the end of the world can elicit a range of psychological responses, including significant fear and anxiety.75 Individuals may experience insomnia, obsessive thoughts about end-time scenarios, and intense fear of divine judgment or being “left behind”.75 This “rapture anxiety” can manifest as mild unease or escalate to full-blown panic attacks and depression.75
    • High-control religious groups can exploit this fear to enforce compliance, demand financial contributions, and ensure participation, leading individuals to feel perpetually inadequate or unable to please a critical deity.75 Many who experience rapture anxiety also exhibit symptoms of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD), which can persist even after leaving such groups, with triggers linked to past religious experiences.75
    • The psychological phenomenon of cognitive dissonance reduction is also relevant. When strongly held beliefs, such as specific predictions about the Second Coming, are inescapably disconfirmed by reality (e.g., a predicted date passes without event), individuals may rationalize the failure rather than abandon the belief.61 This rationalization is often reinforced by social support from others within the same group, leading to increased commitment or proselytizing efforts to reduce the internal tension.61
    • Sociological Effects of Millennialism and Apocalyptic Beliefs (Social Apathy, Activism, Cults):
    • Millennialist movements, characterized by the expectation of imminent, collective salvation, can inspire dramatic actions or, conversely, lead to social apathy.75 If the world is perceived as destined for fiery destruction, some believers may see little point in addressing social injustices, inequality, or environmental issues.75 This can manifest as a rejection of climate change efforts, with some conservative evangelicals believing that accelerating environmental destruction will hasten Jesus’ return.75
    • Historically, millennial movements have gained prominence during periods of rapid social change, offering visions of a better future and a means of escaping present hardships.41 The anticipation of Christ’s return has spurred the development of new religious sects, such as the Millerites, whose failed prediction in 1844 led to “The Great Disappointment” but also contributed to the rise of Adventist denominations and Jehovah’s Witnesses.41
    • In extreme cases, millennial beliefs have been linked to the formation of cults and acts of violence. Groups like Jonestown, Heaven’s Gate, and the Branch Davidians were explicitly millennial in orientation, sometimes leading to self-destruction or conflict with authorities.41 The belief that one can “force the hand of God” or initiate the end-time events through human action has been a dangerous manifestation of revolutionary apocalypticism.77
    • Cultural Influence in Modern Society (Media, Art, Political Rhetoric):
    • Apocalyptic narratives are deeply ingrained in both religious and secular thought, perpetuating culture globally across various domains, including Judeo-Christian traditions, Islam, Marxism, and political ideologies.73 They reflect societal anxieties about mortality, environmental destruction, and societal collapse, while also expressing universal desires for renewal and transcendence.55
    • The Second Coming has been depicted in various forms of American art and literature, reflecting cultural anxieties and hopes for future redemption.81 Pop culture often portrays Jesus as a character, influencing public perception of religious figures.83
    • Apocalyptic rhetoric is also a tool in political discourse, used to comfort people during crises, simplify complex events, and rouse people to action by framing conflicts as “good vs. evil” struggles.85 However, this can also create a “false sense of moral clarity,” potentially justifying extreme measures like war or genocide, as seen historically in medieval pogroms or in the worldview of groups like ISIS.82

    The human element plays a significant role in shaping eschatological narratives. The diverse interpretations of the Second Coming, the historical adaptations to perceived delays, and the psychological and sociological impacts all demonstrate that the “reality” of this doctrine is not merely a static, divinely revealed truth but is actively constructed and reinterpreted by human beings within specific historical, cultural, and psychological contexts. The way individuals and groups understand and respond to the expectation of Christ’s return is influenced by their interpretive frameworks, their emotional needs, and their social environments. This dynamic suggests that while the core belief in a future return may be divinely originated, its specific manifestations and perceived “reality” are deeply intertwined with human agency and interpretation. The “illusion” aspect, therefore, is not necessarily a complete fabrication but rather the product of human projection, adaptation, and the psychological and social functions that such beliefs serve within communities.

    VII. Conclusion: Reality, Interpretation, and Enduring Significance

    The inquiry into whether the coming again of Jesus is a reality or an illusion reveals a profound complexity rooted in theological doctrine, historical interpretation, and human experience. The analysis presented demonstrates that the concept of the Second Coming (Parousia) is undeniably a cornerstone of Christian eschatology, deeply woven into the fabric of New Testament prophecy and affirmed by foundational creeds across diverse denominations. However, the nature of this “reality” is far from monolithic, giving rise to a spectrum of interpretations and a continuous dialogue between faith and empirical observation.

    Biblical foundations provide a consistent narrative of Christ’s future, visible, and glorious return, accompanied by judgment and the establishment of God’s eternal kingdom. Yet, the biblical emphasis on both the imminence and the unknown timing of this event has created a persistent tension throughout Christian history. The perceived “delay” of the Parousia has necessitated theological frameworks, such as the “already-but-not-yet” concept, which allow believers to reconcile divine promise with the passage of time, thereby maintaining the doctrine’s relevance and hope. This highlights that the “reality” of the Second Coming, while biblically affirmed, is not a simple, empirically verifiable event in linear time, but one whose understanding has evolved to accommodate historical experience.

    The diverse Christian eschatological interpretations, particularly the millennial views (Premillennialism, Postmillennialism, Amillennialism), underscore a fundamental hermeneutical divide. The choice between literal and symbolic interpretations of apocalyptic texts, such as Revelation’s “thousand years,” directly shapes the perceived “reality” of Christ’s reign and the sequence of end-time events. For example, the preterist argument, which interprets certain “comings” as fulfilled in the first century, stands in stark contrast to futurist views that anticipate a literal, physical return in the distant future. This demonstrates that the “reality” of the Second Coming is, to a significant degree, a constructed theological reality, dependent on the interpretive lens applied to sacred texts. The “illusion” in this context is not a complete fabrication, but rather a differing theological construction of reality based on specific interpretive choices.

    Comparative religious perspectives further illuminate this point. While Abrahamic faiths like Islam and Judaism share a linear cosmology and an expectation of a returning messianic figure who brings judgment and establishes righteous rule, the identity and theological significance of this figure diverge critically. Isa (Jesus) in Islam returns as a prophet and Muslim ruler, explicitly denying divinity, while the Jewish Messiah is a human leader from the Davidic line, yet to come. This divergence underscores that while the idea of a “Second Coming” is a widespread religious concept, its specific content and the nature of the “reality” it represents are profoundly shaped by distinct theological frameworks and can even serve as tools for inter-religious polemics and identity formation.

    Critiques from philosophical, rationalist, psychological, and sociological perspectives challenge the doctrine from external viewpoints. Arguments concerning divine hiddenness, the substantiation of supernatural revelation, and scientific inconsistencies question the empirical verifiability of the Second Coming. Psychologically, belief in end times can induce anxiety and cognitive dissonance, leading to rationalizations when prophecies are disconfirmed. Sociologically, millennial movements have historically influenced social action, sometimes leading to apathy, radical activism, or even cultic phenomena. The pervasive cultural influence of apocalyptic narratives in media and political rhetoric further illustrates how these beliefs are intertwined with human anxieties, hopes, and societal dynamics. These critiques suggest that elements of “illusion” can arise from human interpretation, psychological coping mechanisms, and the societal functions that such beliefs serve.

    In conclusion, the coming again of Jesus is best understood as a complex theological reality within Christianity, rather than a simple empirical fact or a complete illusion. Its “reality” is affirmed by a vast body of scripture and centuries of creedal tradition, providing profound meaning, purpose, and hope for billions of adherents. However, the precise nature, timing, and manifestation of this reality are subject to diverse and often conflicting interpretations, shaped by hermeneutical choices, historical contexts, and human psychological and sociological factors. The “illusion” aspect does not necessarily negate the core belief, but rather points to the subjective and interpretive dimensions through which this future event is understood, adapted, and experienced by humanity. The enduring significance of the Second Coming lies not only in its theological promise but also in its profound and multifaceted impact on human thought, behavior, and society throughout history.

    Works cited

    1. Christian eschatology – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Christian_eschatology
    2. The Second Coming of Christ: Exploring Eschatological Views in …, accessed July 9, 2025, https://conformtojesus.com/2024/06/02/the-second-coming-of-christ-exploring-eschatological-views-in-christianity/
    3. The Second Coming of Christ: A Catholic View – Seeking Logos, accessed July 9, 2025, https://seeking-logos.b12sites.com/the-second-coming-of-christ-a-catholic-view
    4. Orthodox Christianity, Vol II, Chp 28: The Second Coming, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.theforerunner.org/blog/2021/3/28/orthodox-christianity-vol-ii-chp-28-the-second-coming
    5. The Second Coming (Parousia) of Christ – The Orthodox Christian Faith, accessed July 9, 2025, http://www.orthodoxchristian.info/pages/Parousia.htm
    6. Eschatology – The Episcopal Church, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.episcopalchurch.org/glossary/eschatology/
    7. (PDF) Eschatology Through the Ages: A Historical Analysis of …, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/383850550_Eschatology_Through_the_Ages_A_Historical_Analysis_of_Church_Councils_and_the_Development_of_Rapture_Theology
    8. What Do Presbyterians Believe about the Second Coming? – PC USA Store, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.pcusastore.com/Content/Site119/Basics/10622690501FQco_00000127160.pdf
    9. Faith In The Second Coming — by John Woolley – Evangelical Magazine, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.evangelicalmagazine.com/article/faith-in-the-second-coming/
    10. Over 100 New Testament Verses on Christ’s Second Coming …, accessed July 9, 2025, https://christskingdom.org/articles/531-2/
    11. 67 Bible Verses About the Second Coming of Jesus | Bible to Life, accessed July 9, 2025, https://bibletolife.com/resources/verse-collections/67-bible-verses-about-the-second-coming-of-jesus/
    12. Will the second coming of Jesus be a literal, bodily return? – CARM.org, accessed July 9, 2025, https://carm.org/about-jesus/will-the-second-coming-of-jesus-be-a-literal-bodily-return/
    13. The Second Coming Is Not Literal – SURE WORD MINISTRY, accessed July 9, 2025, https://thesureword.org/the-second-coming-is-not-literal/
    14. Revelation 22:6-21 ESV – Jesus Is Coming – And he said to me …, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Revelation%2022%3A6-21&version=ESV
    15. FIVE SECOND COMING PARABLES – Oak Ridge church of Christ, accessed July 9, 2025, http://oakridgechurch.com/riggs/five-par.htm
    16. The Second Coming of the Lord & the Last Judgment | EWTN, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.ewtn.com/catholicism/library/second-coming-of-the-lord–the-last-judgment-926
    17. Session 25: Eschatology Part 1 – Sermons | Capitol Hill Baptist, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.capitolhillbaptist.org/sermon/session-25-eschatology-part-1/
    18. Discover the Truth About the Second Coming – Adventist.org, accessed July 9, 2025, https://adventist.org/beliefs/official/second-coming
    19. Is Christ’s Return Imminent? – The Master’s University, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.masters.edu/thinking_blog/is-christs-return-imminent/
    20. Eschatology – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eschatology
    21. Christianity as a failed apocalyptic movement – Reddit, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.reddit.com/r/Christianity/comments/1dp6lrz/christianity_as_a_failed_apocalyptic_movement/
    22. The Second “Coming” ALREADY Occurred – The Shepherd’s Church, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.theshepherds.church/blog/the-second-coming-already-happened
    23. parousia : r/AncientGreek – Reddit, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.reddit.com/r/AncientGreek/comments/1b3xfkb/parousia/
    24. Second Coming of Christ (Parousia), accessed July 9, 2025, https://julianspriggs.co.uk/pages/Parousia
    25. http://www.thegospelcoalition.org, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.thegospelcoalition.org/essay/views-of-the-millennium/#:~:text=Therefore%2C%20amillennialists%20expect%20no%20millennium,%2C%20means%20%E2%80%9Cbefore%E2%80%9D).
    26. The Three Views of Eschatology – Evidence and Answers, accessed July 9, 2025, https://evidenceandanswers.org/article/three-views-eschatology/
    27. Millennialism – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Millennialism
    28. Dispensational Theology – The Gospel Coalition, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.thegospelcoalition.org/essay/dispensational-theology/
    29. What is historic premillennialism? | GotQuestions.org, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.gotquestions.org/historic-premillennialism.html
    30. Eschatology :: Four Views on the Millennium – Blue Letter Bible, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.blueletterbible.org/faq/mill.cfm
    31. The Revelation to John – First United Methodist Church, Duluth MN, accessed July 9, 2025, https://fumcduluth.com/sermons/2317/
    32. Is Premillennialism always dispensational? – Monergism |, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.monergism.com/thethreshold/articles/onsite/qna/premilldispy.html
    33. Christ’s Return and the “Rapture”: Evaluating Dispensationalism | Christian Library, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.christianstudylibrary.org/article/christs-return-and-rapture-evaluating-dispensationalism
    34. Interpreting the Second Coming – Salisbury Baptist Church, accessed July 9, 2025, https://salisburybaptist.church/sermon-archive/interpreting-the-second-coming/
    35. Eschatology – Studying Future Events – Norton Baptist Church, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.nortonbaptist.com/news/eschatology-studying-future-events
    36. What does the UMC teach about the second coming?, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.umc.org/en/content/ask-the-umc-what-does-the-united-methodist-church-teach-about-the-second-coming
    37. Eschatology | Reformed Theology and Apologetics, accessed July 9, 2025, https://reformed.org/eschatology/
    38. What Lutherans Teach about Christ’s Second Coming, accessed July 9, 2025, https://blog.cph.org/read/what-lutherans-teach-about-christs-second-coming
    39. Deeper understandings: To what end? – Living Lutheran, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.livinglutheran.org/2017/02/deeper-understandings-end/
    40. Pentecostalism – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pentecostalism
    41. Millenarian Movement – Entry | Timelines | US Religion, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.thearda.com/us-religion/history/timelines/entry?etype=3&eid=23
    42. Seventh-day Adventist eschatology – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seventh-day_Adventist_eschatology
    43. http://www.thegospelcoalition.org, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.thegospelcoalition.org/blogs/justin-taylor/the-11-beliefs-you-should-know-about-jehovahs-witnesses-when-they-knock-at-the-door/#:~:text=Jehovah’s%20Witnesses%20believe%20that%20the%20second%20coming%20was%20an%20invisible,%3A9%2D11%3B%20cf.
    44. How do Jehovah’s Witness support their belief that Jesus started ruling (invisibly) from heaven in 1914? What has been happening in those 107 years? – Christianity Stack Exchange, accessed July 9, 2025, https://christianity.stackexchange.com/questions/86460/how-do-jehovah-s-witness-support-their-belief-that-jesus-started-ruling-invisib
    45. The Role of Jesus (Isa) in Islamic Eschatology | by HRH | Medium, accessed July 9, 2025, https://medium.com/@waleed.hussain/the-role-of-jesus-isa-in-islamic-eschatology-7bcc0e62b719
    46. Did Jesus Come Back Down to Earth After he Was Taken up, or Not? – Islam Question & Answer, accessed July 9, 2025, https://islamqa.info/en/answers/3221
    47. Did you know Islam teaches about Jesus’ second coming? – Call of Love Ministries, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.calloflove.org/post/did-you-know-islam-teaches-about-jesus-second-coming-1
    48. Jesus in Islam – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jesus_in_Islam
    49. Messiah in Judaism – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Messiah_in_Judaism
    50. Messianic Expectations: A Comparative Analysis of Jewish and Christian Perspectives, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/380664710_Messianic_Expectations_A_Comparative_Analysis_of_Jewish_and_Christian_Perspectives
    51. Interpreting Prophecy: Why a Literal Approach Is Best, accessed July 9, 2025, https://blog.atriresearch.org/articles/interpreting-prophecy-why-a-literal-approach-is-best
    52. NJAB – Literal Hermeneutics and Allegory – Not Just Another Book, accessed July 9, 2025, https://notjustanotherbook.com/literalhermeneutics.htm
    53. Church Fathers that Believed The Second Coming Happened Already – Sound Of Heaven, accessed July 9, 2025, https://soh.church/church-fathers-that-believed-the-second-coming-happened-already/
    54. Second Coming | Postmillennial Worldview, accessed July 9, 2025, https://postmillennialworldview.com/category/second-coming/
    55. Apocalyptic narratives in world religions | Myth and Literature Class Notes – Fiveable, accessed July 9, 2025, https://library.fiveable.me/myth-and-literature/unit-7/apocalyptic-narratives-world-religions/study-guide/EAeSQDmU51De637c
    56. (PDF) Metaphorical understanding of Jesus’ resurrection – ResearchGate, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/391679866_Metaphorical_understanding_of_Jesus’_resurrection
    57. accessed January 1, 1970, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/391679866_Metaphorical_understanding_of_Jesus%27_resurrection
    58. Deceptive Views on the Second Coming – Digital Commons …, accessed July 9, 2025, https://digitalcommons.andrews.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1446&context=jats
    59. Eschatology – Early Church, Beliefs, Afterlife | Britannica, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.britannica.com/topic/eschatology/The-early-church
    60. Allegorical interpretation of the Bible – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Allegorical_interpretation_of_the_Bible
    61. Cognitive Dissonance and the Resurrection of Jesus – Westar Institute, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.westarinstitute.org/editorials/cognitive-dissonance-resurrection-jesus
    62. When Prophecy Fails – Wikipedia, accessed July 9, 2025, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/When_Prophecy_Fails
    63. The Second Coming of Christ Metaphysically Interpreted | Fillmore Faith – TruthUnity.net, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.truthunity.net/books/jim-lewis-the-mystical-teachings-of-christianity/the-second-coming-of-christ
    64. Divine Hiddenness Argument against God’s Existence | Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy, accessed July 9, 2025, https://iep.utm.edu/divine-hiddenness-argument-against-gods-existence/
    65. C. S. Lewis on the Problem of Divine Hiddenness – Anglican Theological Review, accessed July 9, 2025, http://www.anglicantheologicalreview.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/dumsday_97.1.pdf
    66. Understanding Atheism in Philosophy – Number Analytics, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.numberanalytics.com/blog/ultimate-guide-to-atheism-in-philosophy-of-religion
    67. (PDF) Critique of Supernatural Revelation – ResearchGate, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/376364855_Critique_of_Supernatural_Revelation
    68. Biblical prophecy is not proof of it’s divine inspiration. : r/DebateAChristian – Reddit, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.reddit.com/r/DebateAChristian/comments/vaa6av/biblical_prophecy_is_not_proof_of_its_divine/
    69. Eschatology as a manifestation of human uniqueness: Human vision, biblical revelation and divine agency, accessed July 9, 2025, https://scielo.org.za/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S0259-94222017000300101
    70. Eschatology and the Church1: Some New Testament Perspectives – The Gospel Coalition, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.thegospelcoalition.org/themelios/article/eschatology-and-the-church1-some-new-testament-perspectives/
    71. Understanding 1 John: A Secular and Skeptical Perspective – Logically Fallacious, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.logicallyfallacious.com/posts/understanding-1-john-a-secular-and-skeptical-perspective.html
    72. Unveiling Revelation: A Secular Analysis of the Bible’s Final Book – Logically Fallacious, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.logicallyfallacious.com/posts/unveiling-revelation-a-secular-analysis-of-the-bibles-final-book.html
    73. 26.1 | Apocalypse in Contemporary Culture – Frame – Journal of …, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.frameliteraryjournal.com/issue/26-1-apocalypse-in-contemporary-culture/
    74. Why Christ Must Return – The Master’s University, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.masters.edu/thinking_blog/why-christ-must-return/
    75. The Devastating Effects of Rapture Anxiety – Mind Fullness, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.mind-fullness.org/blog/The-Devastating-Effects-of-Rapture-Anxiety
    76. Eschatology Unraveled: The Doomsday Call and the End Times – FasterCapital, accessed July 9, 2025, https://fastercapital.com/content/Eschatology-Unraveled–The-Doomsday-Call-and-the-End-Times.html
    77. Millennialism | Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Religion, accessed July 9, 2025, https://oxfordre.com/religion/display/10.1093/acrefore/9780199340378.001.0001/acrefore-9780199340378-e-125?p=emailAgWS4KzVqtyW2&d=/10.1093/acrefore/9780199340378.001.0001/acrefore-9780199340378-e-125
    78. The Climate Crisis and Christian Eschatology in: Journal of … – Brill, accessed July 9, 2025, https://brill.com/view/journals/jrt/19/1-2/article-p61_5.xml
    79. The Future of the Earth | Beyond Stewardship | University of Exeter, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.exeter.ac.uk/research/projects/theology/beyondstewardship/topics/future/
    80. Unveiling Millenarianism: Historical Theory – Number Analytics, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.numberanalytics.com/blog/millenarianism-historical-theory-ultimate-guide
    81. Christ’s Second Coming – (AP US History) – Vocab, Definition, Explanations | Fiveable, accessed July 9, 2025, https://library.fiveable.me/key-terms/apush/christs-second-coming
    82. Apocalyptic Politics: On the Permanence and Transformations of a …, accessed July 9, 2025, https://humanitiesfutures.org/papers/apocalyptic-politics-on-the-permanence-and-transformations-of-a-symbolic-complex/
    83. How Our Depiction of Jesus Changed Over 2,000 Years and What He May Have Actually Looked Like | Open Culture, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.openculture.com/2025/05/how-our-depiction-of-jesus-changed-over-2000-years.html
    84. Jesus According to Pop Culture | Modern Reformation, accessed July 9, 2025, https://www.modernreformation.org/resources/essays/jesus-according-to-pop-culture
    85. Political scientist studies apocalyptic political rhetoric | Stanford Report, accessed July 9, 2025, https://news.stanford.edu/stories/2017/12/political-scientist-studies-apocalyptic-political-rhetoric

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Reasons to Start Your Business in Your Free Time

    Reasons to Start Your Business in Your Free Time

    Imagine turning your Saturday afternoons into the foundation of your future empire. In a world where economic uncertainty has become the norm, starting a business in your free time isn’t just a savvy move — it’s an empowering one. Many of the most successful entrepreneurs began their ventures as side projects, sowing the seeds of their future success while still keeping their day jobs.

    Building a business during your off-hours allows you to explore your passions without the heavy burden of immediate financial pressure. You can experiment, pivot, and refine your ideas in a low-risk environment, gaining invaluable experience along the way. As James Clear notes in Atomic Habits, “You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of your systems.” Side hustling is, in essence, building that system carefully and deliberately.

    Moreover, starting part-time fosters resilience and creativity — two essential qualities for any entrepreneur. By juggling your business with other commitments, you train yourself to think critically and solve problems innovatively. As Cal Newport suggests in So Good They Can’t Ignore You, mastery comes from deliberate practice — and what better way to practice than by gradually building your dream on your own terms?


    1- Financial Safety Net

    Launching your business while still employed allows you to maintain a stable income stream, reducing the stress that often accompanies entrepreneurship. Many people hesitate to start their ventures due to fear of losing financial security, but a part-time approach mitigates this risk. You can reinvest profits into the business instead of relying on them to pay the bills, allowing for more strategic growth.

    Additionally, this strategy gives you breathing room to experiment without the fear of immediate financial failure. As Eric Ries discusses in The Lean Startup, iterative learning and experimentation are vital to building a successful business. By keeping your job, you can afford to test different approaches, refine your product or service, and enter the market with confidence rather than desperation.


    2- Testing the Waters

    Starting in your spare time gives you a realistic opportunity to validate your idea before committing fully. This trial period helps you understand market demand, customer preferences, and operational challenges without betting your entire livelihood on success. You’re essentially running a live experiment, refining your business model based on real-world feedback.

    Moreover, this approach allows you to build brand awareness gradually. As you learn and adapt, you create a more robust foundation for your eventual full-time transition. In Zero to One, Peter Thiel emphasizes the importance of starting small and scaling intelligently — advice that is perfectly aligned with a part-time launch strategy.


    3- Building Skills Gradually

    Operating your business part-time is an excellent way to develop crucial entrepreneurial skills incrementally. You’ll learn about marketing, customer service, finance, and operations in manageable doses, without becoming overwhelmed. This method also helps you understand the nuances of your chosen industry before fully diving in.

    By honing your skills over time, you set yourself up for long-term success. As Malcolm Gladwell argues in Outliers, mastery requires roughly 10,000 hours of practice. Starting your business during your free time enables you to accumulate those hours steadily and thoughtfully.


    4- Expanding Your Network

    Running a side business gives you the chance to connect with other entrepreneurs, mentors, and industry professionals. Networking in this context often feels more authentic and less transactional because you’re still grounded in another primary role. You build genuine relationships based on curiosity and learning.

    Furthermore, expanding your network while maintaining a steady job can open unexpected doors. As Reid Hoffman writes in The Start-Up of You, your network is one of your greatest assets in any professional venture. A side business allows you to cultivate this asset proactively and meaningfully.


    5- Minimizing Risk

    A gradual start reduces both financial and reputational risk. You can pivot or even pause without significant consequences if things don’t work out initially. This flexibility encourages you to take creative risks and try unconventional ideas that might be too risky otherwise.

    In the words of Nassim Nicholas Taleb from Antifragile, systems that can survive and adapt to shocks become stronger over time. A side business embodies this antifragility, allowing you to test your resilience and adaptability in a controlled manner.


    6- Leveraging Existing Skills

    A part-time business allows you to put your existing professional skills to use in new ways. Whether it’s project management, marketing, or design, you can apply what you already know while developing new expertise relevant to your venture. This synergy often makes the learning curve less steep and more rewarding.

    Moreover, using familiar skills can help you deliver higher-quality products or services from the outset. As Robert Greene explains in Mastery, leveraging your unique set of skills and experiences is essential to creating something truly distinctive and impactful.


    7- Building Confidence

    Running a business on the side gives you countless small wins that boost your confidence. Each sale, positive review, or successful project reinforces your belief in your ability to succeed as an entrepreneur. Confidence, in turn, fuels further action and creativity.

    This psychological momentum is invaluable. Carol Dweck’s research in Mindset underscores how a growth mindset — believing in your ability to develop through effort — is crucial for long-term achievement. A side business cultivates this mindset through real-world practice.


    8- Creating Multiple Income Streams

    A side business opens the door to an additional income stream, which can provide greater financial freedom and security. Over time, this secondary source of revenue may grow to rival or surpass your primary income, offering you more choices about how to live and work.

    Diversifying your income is a classic wealth-building strategy. As Tony Robbins points out in Money: Master the Game, multiple income streams are a critical component of financial independence. Starting in your free time gives you a head start on this important financial goal.


    9- Exploring Passion Projects

    Your side business can be an outlet for pursuing personal passions that your primary job doesn’t fulfill. This creative exploration can enhance your overall life satisfaction and reduce burnout from your main career. It provides a space where you can experiment with ideas that genuinely excite you.

    Engaging in work that resonates with your core interests can even improve your performance in other areas of your life. As Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi discusses in Flow, deeply engaging activities create a sense of fulfillment and intrinsic motivation that spills over into all facets of life.


    10- Developing Resilience

    Managing a side business alongside other responsibilities teaches you to handle setbacks with grace and determination. You’ll encounter challenges that force you to adapt and innovate — essential skills for any successful entrepreneur.

    These experiences forge mental toughness and emotional resilience. As Angela Duckworth emphasizes in Grit, sustained passion and perseverance are often more important than raw talent in achieving significant goals. A part-time venture is an excellent proving ground for these qualities.


    11- Strengthening Time Management

    Balancing a business with your day job compels you to master time management and prioritization. You learn to allocate your hours efficiently, distinguishing between tasks that move the needle and those that don’t.

    This discipline can enhance your productivity in every aspect of life. In Essentialism, Greg McKeown advocates focusing on what truly matters and eliminating the trivial. A side business provides the perfect practical training ground for this philosophy.


    12- Cultivating Creativity

    A side venture encourages you to think outside the box and experiment with new ideas. Without the pressure of full-time dependence, you have the freedom to innovate and explore unconventional solutions.

    This creative mindset can transform not just your business, but also your approach to your main job and personal projects. As Ed Catmull describes in Creativity, Inc., fostering a culture of creativity is essential for building something remarkable and enduring.


    13- Enhancing Problem-Solving Skills

    Every business faces obstacles, and solving these challenges sharpens your analytical and critical thinking abilities. Running a side business offers a continual stream of real-world puzzles to work through, which strengthens your problem-solving muscle.

    These skills are transferable and can elevate your performance in other professional and personal contexts. In Thinking, Fast and Slow, Daniel Kahneman discusses how honing both intuitive and deliberate thinking processes improves decision-making — an invaluable asset in entrepreneurship.


    14- Gaining Market Insight

    Engaging directly with customers, suppliers, and competitors gives you firsthand insights into your chosen industry. This knowledge is far more actionable and nuanced than what you might glean from secondary research alone.

    Such insights enable you to identify gaps in the market and position your business more effectively. As Michael E. Gerber argues in The E-Myth Revisited, understanding your market deeply is a prerequisite for building a business that can scale successfully.


    15- Flexibility to Pivot

    When your business is part-time, you can pivot your offerings or even your entire model with minimal disruption. This agility allows you to respond to market changes and new opportunities more effectively than if you were fully committed.

    As Clay Christensen explains in The Innovator’s Dilemma, flexibility and adaptability are key advantages in fast-moving markets. Starting small and part-time ensures that your business remains nimble and responsive.


    16- Protecting Personal Brand

    Starting on the side gives you time to build your brand reputation carefully and authentically. You can focus on delivering quality rather than chasing rapid growth, ensuring that your brand aligns with your values.

    A strong personal brand pays dividends over time, attracting loyal customers and strategic opportunities. As Simon Sinek argues in Start With Why, people are drawn to authenticity and purpose — values that flourish when you’re not in a rush to scale prematurely.


    17- Strengthening Emotional Intelligence

    Balancing multiple roles requires strong interpersonal skills, from managing clients to negotiating with suppliers. Running a side business hones your ability to read people, manage emotions, and navigate complex social situations.

    These capabilities are essential not only in business but also in broader professional and personal life. Daniel Goleman’s Emotional Intelligence underscores how crucial these skills are for long-term success and leadership.


    18- Preparing for Full-Time Transition

    Working on your business part-time helps you prepare for an eventual full-time transition with a solid foundation. You gain insights into operational needs, revenue cycles, and customer behavior before making a full leap.

    This preparation minimizes surprises and increases your chances of a successful transition. As Brendon Burchard emphasizes in High Performance Habits, preparation is the key to sustainable success and avoiding burnout during major life changes.


    19- Boosting Motivation

    Watching your business grow, even in small steps, can be a tremendous source of motivation. Each milestone achieved reinforces your commitment and provides tangible evidence of progress, fueling further effort.

    This compounding motivation helps you stay engaged and persistent, even when challenges arise. In Drive, Daniel Pink highlights how autonomy, mastery, and purpose drive intrinsic motivation — all of which are inherent in a side business venture.


    20- Leaving a Legacy

    Finally, starting your business in your free time can lay the foundation for a lasting legacy. You create something uniquely yours that can impact lives, inspire others, or even support your family for generations.

    As Stephen Covey writes in The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, beginning with the end in mind gives your actions a greater sense of purpose. A side business provides a tangible way to leave your mark on the world, one careful step at a time.


    21- Should I quit my corporate job?

    This is one of the most critical and personal questions any aspiring entrepreneur must face. While the romantic image of “quitting to chase your dreams” is often glorified, the reality is far more complex. Staying in your corporate job while starting your business allows you to maintain a steady income and benefits, reducing the emotional and financial strain of an abrupt transition.

    Moreover, your corporate job provides invaluable resources: professional training, industry insights, and a ready-made network. As Herminia Ibarra suggests in Working Identity, transitioning careers is not a single leap but a series of small experiments and adjustments. Holding onto your job while you build your side venture aligns perfectly with this principle, offering a pragmatic path to entrepreneurship.


    22- Why you should work on your startup during weekends and free time

    Weekends and evenings are precious blocks of uninterrupted time where you can focus deeply on your startup without the distractions of your day job. Using this time efficiently allows you to build momentum steadily and avoid the emotional highs and lows of going all-in too soon.

    Additionally, this approach cultivates a sense of discipline and time ownership. As Jocko Willink states in Discipline Equals Freedom, consistent small efforts compound into large achievements. By dedicating your free time to your startup, you transform idle hours into the foundation of your future success.


    23- Hold your horses

    Impatience is the enemy of sustainable growth. Many aspiring entrepreneurs feel the urge to rush into full-time entrepreneurship without fully understanding the terrain. Taking it slow, testing ideas, and refining your strategy are crucial steps that protect you from premature failure.

    Warren Buffett wisely noted, “The stock market is designed to transfer money from the impatient to the patient.” The same principle applies to entrepreneurship. Holding your horses gives you the breathing space to make informed, strategic decisions instead of reactive ones driven by excitement or fear.


    24- Start your small business on the weekends

    Starting on the weekends allows you to experiment and iterate without jeopardizing your primary source of income. You can gather customer feedback, test marketing approaches, and adjust your offerings — all in a relatively low-stakes environment.

    Furthermore, weekend ventures help you gauge your passion and stamina for entrepreneurship. As Steve Blank emphasizes in The Four Steps to the Epiphany, real learning happens when you’re actively engaging with customers and the market. The weekend model provides that learning ground without overwhelming risk.


    25- You stay motivated

    When you work on something you love outside your day job, it injects a renewed sense of excitement and purpose into your life. Each small milestone acts as fuel, motivating you to push through obstacles in both your startup and your daily work.

    This dual engagement also prevents burnout by giving you an outlet for creative expression and personal growth. In Drive, Daniel Pink explains how autonomy, mastery, and purpose drive true motivation — all of which you nurture through a part-time entrepreneurial journey.


    26- You might be really bored or frustrated at your job

    Boredom or frustration at work can be a powerful catalyst for action. Instead of allowing these feelings to fester, channel them into building something meaningful on the side. This productive redirection transforms negative emotions into forward momentum.

    Moreover, using your dissatisfaction as fuel can help you clarify what you truly want from your career. As Viktor Frankl argues in Man’s Search for Meaning, finding purpose can turn suffering into a source of growth. Your side business becomes a laboratory for that exploration.


    27- You keep in touch with the industry

    Working on your business while staying employed keeps you deeply connected to industry trends, technological changes, and customer needs. This dual engagement makes you more informed and agile than those who isolate themselves too early.

    It also positions you as a continuous learner, someone constantly sharpening their edge. As Tom Peters wrote in The Brand You 50, remaining relevant is critical for career longevity and entrepreneurial success. A side business ensures you remain engaged and updated.


    28- You develop important relationships with key players in your business sector

    While operating your business part-time, you have the unique opportunity to build relationships gradually and authentically. You’re not immediately trying to “sell” or extract value; instead, you’re creating genuine connections that can evolve into partnerships or mentorships.

    These relationships often become the backbone of your business network. As Keith Ferrazzi highlights in Never Eat Alone, meaningful relationships, not transactional encounters, form the true currency of professional success.


    29- Often the first clients of a newly established business are related to the previous activities

    Your initial network — colleagues, clients, and industry acquaintances — often becomes the first set of supporters and customers. This organic client base is a powerful asset that gives your business immediate credibility and momentum.

    These early adopters provide invaluable feedback and act as brand ambassadors, helping you refine your offerings. As Seth Godin writes in Tribes, every successful venture starts with a small group of loyal enthusiasts who help spread the word.


    30- People do business with people. Take advantage of your corporate role

    Your corporate role offers you a platform of credibility and visibility that can benefit your future business. The relationships and trust you’ve built within your company and industry can serve as a launchpad when you introduce your venture.

    By leveraging this goodwill, you gain a competitive edge that outsiders lack. As Jeffrey Gitomer emphasizes in The Little Red Book of Selling, people buy from those they know, like, and trust — a principle you can harness while still employed.


    31- You build your personal brand

    Running a side business while employed enhances your personal brand by showcasing your skills, passions, and values. This dual identity strengthens your reputation as a dynamic, proactive professional.

    A strong personal brand opens doors to new opportunities, collaborations, and partnerships. As Dorie Clark discusses in Reinventing You, your personal brand is one of your most valuable career assets — one that grows more powerful when supported by tangible entrepreneurial work.


    32- People will remember you as the person, the expert in your industry

    By sharing your journey and expertise through your side business, you become known as an authority in your field. This expertise becomes your calling card, making you memorable long after interactions end.

    Establishing yourself as an expert builds long-term trust and credibility. As Robert Cialdini notes in Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion, authority is a powerful driver of decision-making and can significantly impact your business’s success.


    33- You don’t run the risk of going bankrupt

    By keeping your day job, you safeguard your personal finances from the volatility of entrepreneurship. You’re free to reinvest business earnings without the immediate pressure to cover living expenses, which allows for more sustainable growth.

    This financial security gives you the psychological safety to innovate and take calculated risks. As Taleb points out in Antifragile, systems that absorb shocks without breaking are the ones that ultimately thrive — a principle directly applicable to this approach.


    34- You would have to get used to the idea of making no money at all during the first 6-12 months

    Many new businesses operate at a loss or break even in their initial stages. Starting part-time prepares you mentally and financially for this reality without forcing drastic lifestyle changes.

    Understanding this norm prevents disappointment and allows you to focus on long-term value creation rather than short-term survival. As Jim Collins notes in Good to Great, disciplined people with a long-term vision build the most enduring businesses.


    35- You can change your mind

    Starting part-time gives you the freedom to pivot or even walk away if the venture doesn’t resonate with you. You maintain your main career as a safety net, which empowers you to experiment without fear of irreversible consequences.

    This flexibility encourages bold experimentation and honest self-assessment. As Tim Ferriss suggests in The 4-Hour Workweek, the ability to change course is one of the greatest luxuries of modern work life — something best preserved when you start small.


    36- What if you realize there’s no market for your product?

    Discovering a lack of market demand can be devastating if you’ve gone all-in, but it becomes a valuable learning experience when you’re part-time. You can reassess, pivot, or sunset the idea without jeopardizing your livelihood.

    Validating your market slowly and iteratively follows the lean startup approach advocated by Eric Ries. It allows you to make data-driven decisions rather than relying on assumptions, saving time, money, and emotional energy.


    37- What if you realize the entrepreneur lifestyle is not for you?

    Entrepreneurship isn’t glamorous for everyone; it often involves long hours, uncertainty, and constant challenges. Starting part-time offers a trial period to determine if this path aligns with your values and lifestyle before making a full commitment.

    As Michael Gerber explains in The E-Myth Revisited, many people are drawn to entrepreneurship for the wrong reasons and quickly burn out. Testing the waters on weekends helps ensure you’re motivated by passion, not just escape from a day job.


    38- Being an entrepreneur is not everyone’s cup of tea

    While entrepreneurship offers freedom and fulfillment to some, others may find it isolating, stressful, or misaligned with their personal goals. Part-time entrepreneurship allows you to gauge whether this demanding lifestyle truly suits you.

    This honest self-exploration prevents painful missteps and helps you make more authentic career decisions. As Brené Brown underscores in Daring Greatly, embracing vulnerability and self-awareness is key to finding a path that genuinely fits.


    39- Launch your business, but do it during the weekends

    Weekend launches allow you to build your business at a sustainable pace. You can test concepts, refine your offerings, and engage with customers in a measured way, all without sacrificing your primary source of income.

    This deliberate approach builds stronger foundations for future growth. As Reid Hoffman reminds us, “If you are not embarrassed by the first version of your product, you’ve launched too late.” Weekend launches offer a safe environment for these early imperfect iterations.


    40- Give a deep thought, before you quit your corporate job

    Quitting your job is a monumental decision that deserves careful deliberation. Consider your financial readiness, personal responsibilities, and psychological resilience before making the leap. Emotional excitement should not overshadow practical realities.

    Deep reflection and strategic planning align your entrepreneurial journey with your long-term vision. As Stephen Covey advises in The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, “Begin with the end in mind.” Think carefully to ensure your path supports the future you want to create.


    Conclusion

    Choosing to start your business during your free time is a wise, strategic, and deeply rewarding approach to entrepreneurship. It allows you to explore your passions, build valuable skills, and test your ideas without putting your financial security on the line. You gain the flexibility to pivot, the resilience to endure setbacks, and the confidence to eventually scale up — all while maintaining stability. As you weigh your next move, remember the words of Peter Drucker: “The best way to predict your future is to create it.” Begin small, iterate patiently, and shape a future that reflects your unique vision and values.

    Starting a business in your free time is more than a mere side project; it’s an intentional investment in your future self. By leveraging the safety and flexibility of part-time entrepreneurship, you cultivate skills, test ideas, and build confidence — all while minimizing risk. As you balance your existing responsibilities, you transform challenges into opportunities for growth and innovation. In the words of Peter Drucker, “The best way to predict the future is to create it.” By starting today, even on a small scale, you begin crafting a future that reflects your passions, values, and ambitions — one purposeful step at a time.

    Bibliography

    1. Ibarra, Herminia. Working Identity: Unconventional Strategies for Reinventing Your Career. Harvard Business Review Press, 2004.
    2. Willink, Jocko. Discipline Equals Freedom: Field Manual. St. Martin’s Press, 2017.
    3. Blank, Steve. The Four Steps to the Epiphany: Successful Strategies for Products that Win. K&S Ranch, 2013.
    4. Pink, Daniel H. Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us. Riverhead Books, 2009.
    5. Frankl, Viktor E. Man’s Search for Meaning. Beacon Press, 2006.
    6. Peters, Tom. The Brand You 50: Fifty Ways to Transform Yourself from an “Employee” into a Brand That Shouts Distinction, Commitment, and Passion!. Knopf, 1999.
    7. Ferrazzi, Keith. Never Eat Alone: And Other Secrets to Success, One Relationship at a Time. Currency, 2005.
    8. Godin, Seth. Tribes: We Need You to Lead Us. Portfolio, 2008.
    9. Gitomer, Jeffrey. The Little Red Book of Selling: 12.5 Principles of Sales Greatness. Bard Press, 2004.
    10. Clark, Dorie. Reinventing You: Define Your Brand, Imagine Your Future. Harvard Business Review Press, 2013.
    11. Cialdini, Robert B. Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion. Harper Business, 2006.
    12. Taleb, Nassim Nicholas. Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder. Random House, 2012.
    13. Collins, Jim. Good to Great: Why Some Companies Make the Leap… and Others Don’t. HarperCollins, 2001.
    14. Ferriss, Tim. The 4-Hour Workweek: Escape 9–5, Live Anywhere, and Join the New Rich. Crown, 2007.
    15. Ries, Eric. The Lean Startup: How Today’s Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically Successful Businesses. Crown Business, 2011.
    16. Gerber, Michael E. The E-Myth Revisited: Why Most Small Businesses Don’t Work and What to Do About It. Harper Business, 1995.
    17. Brown, Brené. Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead. Gotham Books, 2012.
    18. Hoffman, Reid. The Startup of You: Adapt to the Future, Invest in Yourself, and Transform Your Career. Crown Business, 2012.
    19. Covey, Stephen R. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change. Free Press, 1989.
    20. Drucker, Peter F. Management: Tasks, Responsibilities, Practices. Harper & Row, 1973.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Simple Changes That Will Instantly Improve Your Life

    Simple Changes That Will Instantly Improve Your Life

    Some moments change your life forever — but not always in the ways you expect. It’s often the smallest shifts in mindset and daily habits that quietly but powerfully transform us. If you’re searching for ways to elevate your day-to-day existence without an overwhelming overhaul, this article is for you.

    Most people wait for a major event — a new job, a big move, or a relationship — to spark real change. Yet, what if the real magic lies in micro-adjustments that ripple into every corner of your life? These seemingly tiny steps can lead to profound shifts in how you think, feel, and act.

    Inspired by thinkers like James Clear, author of Atomic Habits, and the timeless wisdom of Aristotle, who said, “We are what we repeatedly do. Excellence, then, is not an act, but a habit,” this guide is designed for those who want to move beyond surface-level advice and embrace changes that stick. Let’s explore these practical yet powerful strategies.


    1- Start your day early

    Waking up early isn’t simply about ticking more tasks off your list; it’s about reclaiming ownership of your time before the world’s demands rush in. Early mornings provide a serene environment that fosters creativity and intentional planning. According to Robin Sharma’s The 5 AM Club, rising early boosts focus and multiplies productivity.

    Moreover, early risers tend to develop a sense of discipline and self-mastery that spills over into other areas of life. The morning silence becomes a sacred space to reflect, set priorities, and engage in activities that nourish the soul, such as journaling or mindful exercise.


    2- Practice gratitude daily

    Cultivating gratitude rewires the brain to focus on abundance rather than scarcity. Researchers like Dr. Robert Emmons, a leading gratitude scholar, have shown that regular gratitude practice increases long-term happiness and resilience.

    By taking time each day to acknowledge small blessings — a kind word, a beautiful sunrise, or a supportive friend — you shift your mindset toward positivity. Over time, this habit fosters deeper contentment and strengthens relationships, as it helps you see and appreciate the goodness around you.


    3- Prioritize deep work

    In an age of constant notifications, learning to focus deeply is a superpower. Cal Newport, in his book Deep Work, argues that uninterrupted concentration on cognitively demanding tasks leads to exceptional outcomes and personal satisfaction.

    Setting aside blocks of time for focused work allows you to make real progress on meaningful projects. It also trains your mind to resist distractions, enhancing both efficiency and creativity. By protecting your attention, you reclaim your intellectual freedom and produce work that reflects your true potential.


    4- Move your body regularly

    Physical activity is a non-negotiable investment in your overall well-being. Movement enhances not just physical health but also cognitive function and emotional balance. As John Ratey points out in Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain, exercise profoundly affects mood, learning, and stress regulation.

    A regular movement practice doesn’t require a gym membership or marathon ambitions — it could be a daily walk, yoga session, or dance. The key is consistency. Moving your body reminds you of your vitality and strengthens your connection to the present moment.


    5- Set clear boundaries

    Establishing boundaries is essential for maintaining mental clarity and emotional health. Without them, you risk burnout, resentment, and perpetual stress. As Brené Brown writes in Daring Greatly, “Daring to set boundaries is about having the courage to love ourselves even when we risk disappointing others.”

    Boundaries allow you to protect your energy and align your life with your values. By clearly communicating your limits, you foster healthier relationships and create more space for activities that nurture your growth and joy.


    6- Simplify your surroundings

    Clutter drains energy and distracts the mind. Adopting a minimalist approach can transform your environment into a sanctuary that promotes peace and focus. Marie Kondo’s The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up emphasizes the psychological benefits of living with less.

    When your space is uncluttered, you think more clearly and act with greater intention. Simplifying your environment also teaches you to value quality over quantity, leading to a more sustainable and conscious lifestyle.


    7- Invest in lifelong learning

    Learning keeps your mind agile and your perspective fresh. Embracing intellectual curiosity not only boosts professional skills but also enriches personal growth. As Albert Einstein famously said, “Intellectual growth should commence at birth and cease only at death.”

    Whether through books, courses, or engaging with mentors, continuous learning expands your worldview and keeps you adaptable in an ever-changing world. It fosters humility and opens doors to unexpected opportunities and connections.


    8- Foster meaningful connections

    Human connection is a cornerstone of a fulfilling life. According to Harvard’s longest-running study on happiness, deep relationships are the single strongest predictor of long-term well-being.

    Investing time and energy into nurturing authentic relationships provides emotional support, shared joy, and a sense of belonging. True connections require vulnerability and effort but yield profound rewards that material success alone cannot match.


    9- Practice mindful consumption

    In a culture of constant consumption, being mindful about what you consume — from food to media to ideas — is revolutionary. Mindful consumption aligns your choices with your values and reduces mental clutter.

    When you consciously select what you ingest, you empower yourself to cultivate better health, emotional balance, and intellectual integrity. This practice also encourages gratitude for the resources you have and greater intentionality in how you spend your time and money.


    10- Embrace solitude

    Solitude provides an opportunity to reconnect with your inner self and reflect on your direction in life. Far from loneliness, intentional solitude is a fertile ground for creativity and clarity.

    By spending time alone, you gain insights into your true desires and motivations without external noise. As philosopher Blaise Pascal noted, “All of humanity’s problems stem from man’s inability to sit quietly in a room alone.” Embracing solitude is an act of self-respect and self-discovery.


    11- Reduce screen time

    Limiting screen time protects your attention and mental health. Excessive digital consumption fragments focus and fosters anxiety. In Digital Minimalism, Cal Newport argues for reclaiming autonomy over your digital life to rediscover deeper, more meaningful activities.

    By creating intentional digital boundaries, you allow yourself to be more present in real-world experiences and relationships. Less screen time also encourages physical activity, better sleep, and a more profound connection to your surroundings.


    12- Develop a reflective journaling habit

    Journaling is a powerful tool for self-awareness and growth. Writing regularly helps clarify thoughts, track progress, and process emotions. Julia Cameron’s The Artist’s Way illustrates how journaling unlocks creativity and heals emotional wounds.

    Reflective writing also acts as a personal mirror, revealing patterns and encouraging accountability. Over time, it becomes a treasured record of your journey, providing insights and a sense of continuity.


    13- Eat mindfully

    Food is not just fuel; it is an intimate act of self-care. Mindful eating involves savoring each bite, listening to your body’s cues, and honoring the origin of your food.

    This practice fosters a healthier relationship with food, reduces overeating, and enhances enjoyment. As Michael Pollan suggests in In Defense of Food: “Eat food. Not too much. Mostly plants.” Eating mindfully promotes vitality and aligns your choices with your overall well-being.


    14- Spend time in nature

    Nature is a natural antidote to stress and a catalyst for wonder. Spending time outdoors restores mental clarity and emotional balance. Richard Louv’s Last Child in the Woods discusses “nature-deficit disorder” and the profound need for green spaces.

    Regular contact with nature reduces anxiety, boosts creativity, and fosters a sense of connectedness to something larger than oneself. Whether it’s a walk in a park or a weekend hike, nature offers solace and inspiration.


    15- Practice kindness

    Acts of kindness create a ripple effect that benefits both giver and receiver. Research shows that kindness activates brain regions associated with pleasure and social connection.

    By practicing kindness, you contribute to a more compassionate world while reinforcing your own sense of purpose. Small, intentional gestures — a compliment, a helping hand, or a heartfelt thank-you — can transform someone’s day and cultivate joy within yourself.


    16- Declutter your commitments

    Overcommitting leads to exhaustion and dilutes your effectiveness. By carefully evaluating your obligations, you can focus on what truly matters. Greg McKeown’s Essentialism underscores the importance of doing less but better.

    Simplifying your commitments frees time and mental energy for the activities and relationships that align with your values. This act of intentional pruning supports a more centered and fulfilling life.


    17- Create a personal mission statement

    A personal mission statement serves as a compass, guiding decisions and clarifying purpose. Stephen Covey’s The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People advocates crafting a mission statement to stay aligned with your deepest values.

    By articulating your core beliefs and goals, you foster integrity and resilience. This clarity empowers you to navigate challenges with confidence and remain true to yourself amid external pressures.


    18- Seek professional mentorship

    Mentorship accelerates growth by providing guidance, perspective, and accountability. Engaging with experienced mentors helps avoid pitfalls and cultivates confidence.

    Beyond practical advice, mentorship offers emotional support and a sense of belonging to a larger professional or intellectual community. As Sheryl Sandberg writes in Lean In, “We all need people who will give us feedback. That’s how we improve.” Mentorship is a vital pillar of continuous development.


    19- Celebrate small wins

    Acknowledging progress, no matter how minor, builds momentum and sustains motivation. Harvard Business School’s Teresa Amabile found that recognizing small achievements boosts emotional well-being and engagement.

    Celebrating incremental successes reinforces positive habits and instills a growth mindset. This practice helps you stay focused on long-term goals while appreciating the journey, fostering joy and resilience.


    20- Schedule regular digital detoxes

    A digital detox refreshes your mind and strengthens your capacity for deep connection. Unplugging allows you to reclaim attention and rediscover offline pleasures and relationships.

    Periodic disconnection breaks addictive cycles, enhances creativity, and improves overall well-being. As Johann Hari discusses in Stolen Focus, stepping back from screens helps us reclaim our ability to think deeply and live fully present lives.


    21- Try a new workout

    Experimenting with new workouts introduces variety into your routine, preventing both physical and mental stagnation. Trying a new activity, whether it’s kickboxing, Pilates, or rock climbing, challenges your body in fresh ways and reignites enthusiasm for fitness.

    Switching up workouts also builds adaptability and broadens your physical skill set. As Dr. Kelly McGonigal explains in The Joy of Movement, diverse movement experiences contribute to a deeper sense of joy and self-discovery, strengthening not only muscles but also confidence and resilience.


    22- Set attainable goals

    Setting realistic, incremental goals helps transform ambitions into achievable outcomes. Unrealistic expectations often lead to frustration and self-doubt, whereas small, attainable milestones build confidence and momentum.

    By breaking big dreams into smaller, manageable steps, you foster a sense of progress and maintain motivation. As Charles Duhigg discusses in The Power of Habit, focusing on “small wins” creates a positive feedback loop that sustains long-term success and personal growth.


    23- Read more books

    Reading broadens your intellectual horizons and deepens empathy. It introduces you to new ideas, cultures, and perspectives, enhancing critical thinking and emotional intelligence.

    Allocating time for books, whether fiction or nonfiction, nurtures creativity and enriches your inner world. In How to Read a Book, Mortimer Adler emphasizes that thoughtful reading cultivates an active mind and lifelong learning habits, vital for intellectual and personal fulfillment.


    24- Eat more fruits and vegetables

    Incorporating more fruits and vegetables nourishes the body with essential vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants, supporting immunity and long-term health. A colorful, plant-rich diet reduces inflammation and fosters vitality.

    Michael Greger, in How Not to Die, details how plant-based nutrition can prevent and even reverse chronic diseases. Choosing to fill your plate with nature’s bounty is a simple, profound act of self-care that enhances energy and well-being.


    25- Take a walk every day

    Daily walks provide both physical and mental benefits. Walking improves cardiovascular health, strengthens muscles, and aids in digestion, all while promoting mental clarity and stress relief.

    Moreover, walks offer a chance to slow down and observe the world with fresh eyes. As Henry David Thoreau wrote, “An early-morning walk is a blessing for the whole day.” Embracing this simple ritual reconnects you with nature and your inner self.


    26- Think positive thoughts

    Cultivating a positive mindset doesn’t mean ignoring reality but choosing to focus on solutions and growth. Positive thinking enhances emotional resilience and empowers you to navigate challenges with grace.

    Dr. Martin Seligman, known as the father of positive psychology, highlights in Learned Optimism that optimism significantly improves both mental and physical health outcomes. Shifting your mental narrative can transform setbacks into opportunities for growth and learning.


    27- Meditate

    Meditation trains your mind to anchor in the present, reducing stress and fostering emotional balance. Even a few minutes of daily meditation can lower anxiety, improve concentration, and enhance overall well-being.

    As Jon Kabat-Zinn writes in Wherever You Go, There You Are, meditation cultivates a deeper awareness of your thoughts and emotions, helping you respond rather than react. This practice empowers you to approach life’s complexities with equanimity and compassion.


    28- Find physical activity you love

    Enjoying your movement routine is key to making it sustainable. Whether it’s dancing, hiking, swimming, or martial arts, discovering an activity that sparks joy ensures consistency and long-term health benefits.

    When you engage in activities you love, exercise feels less like a chore and more like a celebration of what your body can do. Kelly McGonigal emphasizes that pleasure in movement strengthens motivation and fosters a positive body image, making fitness an empowering part of daily life.


    29- Go to bed on time

    Prioritizing adequate sleep is a foundational pillar of health. Going to bed on time supports cognitive function, emotional stability, and immune health. Poor sleep is linked to a myriad of chronic conditions and impairs decision-making and creativity.

    In Why We Sleep, Matthew Walker underscores that quality sleep is “the single most effective thing we can do to reset our brain and body health each day.” Committing to a consistent bedtime is a powerful act of self-respect and restoration.


    30- Spend time outdoors

    Spending time outside invigorates both mind and body. Exposure to natural light helps regulate circadian rhythms, while fresh air and open spaces relieve mental fatigue and spark creativity.

    Whether it’s gardening, hiking, or simply sitting under a tree, outdoor time fosters a sense of connection to the world. Florence Williams, in The Nature Fix, explores how nature exposure improves mood and cognitive function, advocating for regular outdoor experiences to enhance overall life satisfaction.


    31- Protect your mental health

    Guarding your mental health is as vital as caring for your physical body. This involves setting boundaries, seeking support, and avoiding environments or habits that exacerbate stress.

    As Dr. Gabor Maté emphasizes in When the Body Says No, unaddressed emotional stress can manifest in physical illness. Proactively nurturing your mental well-being empowers you to show up more fully for yourself and others, laying the groundwork for a fulfilling life.


    32- Set intentions

    Setting intentions provides a purposeful direction for your energy and actions. Unlike rigid goals, intentions focus on how you want to feel and show up in the world, fostering mindfulness and alignment.

    Deepak Chopra describes intentions as “the starting point of every dream” in The Seven Spiritual Laws of Success. By anchoring your day in intention, you cultivate clarity and infuse even mundane tasks with meaning and presence.


    33- Drink water

    Proper hydration is fundamental to physical and cognitive health. Water supports digestion, detoxification, energy levels, and mental clarity. Dehydration, even mild, can impair mood and concentration.

    Making a habit of drinking enough water throughout the day is a simple but potent way to care for yourself. In Quench, Dana Cohen and Gina Bria explain how hydration strategies can transform energy, skin health, and overall vitality, emphasizing its role as a foundational daily practice.


    34- Avoid things that drain you

    Energy management is crucial for sustained productivity and joy. Identifying and minimizing interactions, tasks, or habits that drain you allows you to redirect energy toward what truly matters.

    Greg McKeown’s Essentialism advocates for the disciplined pursuit of less but better, encouraging you to say “no” to non-essential demands. Protecting your energy reserves supports greater creativity, deeper relationships, and a stronger sense of self.


    35- Slow and steady

    Embracing a “slow and steady” approach fosters resilience and sustainable growth. Rather than chasing quick fixes or immediate results, steady progress ensures deeper integration and long-term success.

    Aesop’s timeless fable of the tortoise and the hare reminds us that consistent effort often outpaces impulsive bursts. In Grit, Angela Duckworth argues that perseverance and passion are more predictive of success than talent alone, championing the virtue of steady, patient commitment.


    Conclusion

    Each of these changes, though seemingly simple, offers profound benefits when integrated consistently and mindfully. The key lies not in radical transformation overnight, but in steady, deliberate steps that align with your values and nourish your soul.

    As the philosopher Lao Tzu wisely observed, “A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.” Take that first small step today — your future self will thank you for it.

    Transforming your life does not require grand gestures or sweeping revolutions. Rather, it is the gentle accumulation of small, consistent actions that creates lasting change. By integrating these simple yet profound shifts into your daily routine, you can cultivate a more intentional, fulfilling, and joyful existence.

    Remember the words of Leo Tolstoy: “True life is lived when tiny changes occur.” Start today with one step, however small — and watch the ripple effects unfold.

    Bibliography

    1. Sharma, Robin. The 5 AM Club: Own Your Morning, Elevate Your Life. HarperCollins, 2018.
    2. Clear, James. Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones. Avery, 2018.
    3. Newport, Cal. Deep Work: Rules for Focused Success in a Distracted World. Grand Central Publishing, 2016.
    4. Ratey, John J. Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain. Little, Brown Spark, 2008.
    5. Brown, Brené. Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead. Gotham Books, 2012.
    6. Kondo, Marie. The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up: The Japanese Art of Decluttering and Organizing. Ten Speed Press, 2014.
    7. Einstein, Albert. Various writings on learning and intellectual growth.
    8. Louv, Richard. Last Child in the Woods: Saving Our Children from Nature-Deficit Disorder. Algonquin Books, 2005.
    9. Pollan, Michael. In Defense of Food: An Eater’s Manifesto. Penguin Press, 2008.
    10. Amabile, Teresa M., and Steven J. Kramer. The Progress Principle: Using Small Wins to Ignite Joy, Engagement, and Creativity at Work. Harvard Business Review Press, 2011.
    11. Walker, Matthew. Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams. Scribner, 2017.
    12. Williams, Florence. The Nature Fix: Why Nature Makes Us Happier, Healthier, and More Creative. W. W. Norton & Company, 2017.
    13. Maté, Gabor. When the Body Says No: Exploring the Stress-Disease Connection. Wiley, 2003.
    14. Chopra, Deepak. The Seven Spiritual Laws of Success: A Practical Guide to the Fulfillment of Your Dreams. Amber-Allen Publishing, 1994.
    15. Cohen, Dana, and Gina Bria. Quench: Beat Fatigue, Drop Weight, and Heal Your Body Through the New Science of Optimum Hydration. Hachette Books, 2018.
    16. McKeown, Greg. Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less. Crown Business, 2014.
    17. Duckworth, Angela. Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance. Scribner, 2016.
    18. Duhigg, Charles. The Power of Habit: Why We Do What We Do in Life and Business. Random House, 2012.
    19. Seligman, Martin E. P. Learned Optimism: How to Change Your Mind and Your Life. Vintage, 2006.
    20. Cameron, Julia. The Artist’s Way: A Spiritual Path to Higher Creativity. TarcherPerigee, 1992.
    21. Covey, Stephen R. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change. Free Press, 1989.
    22. Hari, Johann. Stolen Focus: Why You Can’t Pay Attention—and How to Think Deeply Again. Crown Publishing Group, 2022.
    23. Adler, Mortimer J., and Charles Van Doren. How to Read a Book: The Classic Guide to Intelligent Reading. Simon & Schuster, 1972.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 9, 2025: Politics, Economy, and Sports, Regional Issues, Vision 2030, Human Rights Concerns

    Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 9, 2025: Politics, Economy, and Sports, Regional Issues, Vision 2030, Human Rights Concerns

    These sources are excerpts from Al Riyadh newspaper, issue 20815, published on Wednesday, July 9, 2025. The articles cover a wide array of topics concerning Saudi Arabia, including its economic initiatives, social development programs, technological advancements, and efforts to enhance the quality of life in line with Vision 2030. The newspaper also reports on international relations, global events like the Chemistry Olympiad and Club World Cup, and various regional issues, including conflict and human rights concerns. Sports news features prominently, with updates on football, handball, and tennis, highlighting Saudi teams and athletes.

    Podcast

    01
    Listen or Download Podcast : Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 9, 2025

    Saudi Arabia’s Economic Development & Global Contributions

    Economic development is a recurring theme across the sources, highlighting various initiatives, strategies, and challenges within the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and globally.

    Here’s a comprehensive overview:

    • Holistic and Balanced Development
    • Development in the Kingdom is characterized by inclusivity and balance, with the citizen at its core. The state has adopted numerous programs and initiatives, such as the Citizen’s Account Program, housing initiatives, and the developed social security program, to alleviate financial burdens on the most needy categories. These programs also aim to transform aid recipients into opportunity creators, providing facilitated financing for work, professional training through the Social Development Bank, and supporting micro and small projects. This approach seeks to enhance individuals’ financial independence and reduce reliance on direct support. The Council of Ministers approved a program from the Social Development Bank specifically to support the most needy categories, aiming to improve the efficiency of social protection and targeted support, aligning with Vision 2030’s goals of building a vibrant society where individuals enjoy equal opportunities and contribute effectively to national development.
    • Strategic Partnerships and Global Economic Contribution
    • The Council of Ministers emphasized the Kingdom’s efforts and contributions at the international level to support multilateral action and enhance global economic growth rates. This includes continued cooperation and coordination with producers within the OPEC+ group to maintain stability in the oil markets. The Kingdom also highlighted the importance of strengthening economic, knowledge, and cultural ties with countries like Indonesia, as evidenced by the first meeting of the Saudi-Indonesian Higher Coordination Council, which resulted in agreements in petrochemicals, clean energy, and aviation fuel, fostering an advanced economic partnership.
    • Digital Economy and Innovation
    • The Kingdom’s continued top ranking in the Global Cybersecurity Index for 2025 is a testament to the rapid achievements in this sector, contributing to technical prosperity, localizing priority technologies, and enhancing international cooperation. Furthermore, achieving first place globally in the Telecommunications and Information Technology Development Index by the International Telecommunication Union confirms the robustness of the digital infrastructure and the attractiveness of the investment environment. The local digital economy has reached a significant volume of 495 billion riyals.
    • The “Mawhiba” Enrichment Program for the Gifted 2025 aims to enhance research, development, and innovation among gifted students, connecting them with research centers and experts to contribute to national priorities and enrich local content. This initiative reflects the leadership’s focus on human capabilities development as part of Vision 2030.
    • The Shura Council advocated for the National Information Technology Sector Development Program to increase targeted funding for advanced technologies and ensure technology transfer and localization. It also urged expanding partnerships with Saudi universities to leverage national cadres, accelerators, and business incubators.
    • Key Economic Sectors and Growth Drivers
    • Real Estate: The General Real Estate Authority aims to foster a transparent and compliant real estate market, recognizing it as a key driver of development. The “Real Estate Excellence Award” aims to elevate standards, reward innovation, and attract qualitative investments.
    • Transport and Logistics: The Council of Ministers approved an updated “National Strategy for Transport and Logistics Services”. This aligns with efforts to enhance logistic services and contribute to Vision 2030. The Al-Ahsa Public Transport Project (“Hafalat Al-Ahsa”) is highlighted as a model for urban development, offering safe, comfortable, and sustainable transport options, reducing reliance on private vehicles, easing traffic, and cutting carbon emissions. It also supports local tourism and makes Al-Ahsa a leading example of smart infrastructure in medium-sized cities.
    • Aviation: The King Abdulaziz International Airport recorded significant growth in the first half of 2025, serving 25.5 million passengers, a 6.8% increase from the previous year, reflecting the National Aviation Strategy’s goals to serve over 100 million passengers by 2030. However, the International Air Transport Association (IATA) expressed disappointment over proposed solidarity taxes on air travel, arguing they would hinder the sector’s ability to invest in long-term emission reduction solutions, despite the sector’s commitment to achieving carbon neutrality by 2050. IATA notes that aviation directly contributes 3.9% of global GDP and supports 86.5 million jobs worldwide.
    • Agriculture: The Ministry of Environment, Water, and Agriculture reported a continuous growth in cooperative societies, with 198 societies across the Kingdom by Q1 2025, supporting rural development and food security in line with Vision 2030. However, climate change is projected to significantly reduce the productivity of staple crops globally, highlighting a major challenge to food security.
    • Water Projects: The National Water Company has initiated 38 water and sanitation projects in the Asir region, costing nearly 2 billion riyals, to enhance water distribution and environmental balance.
    • Challenges and Considerations for Economic Development
    • AI Divide: There is a growing disparity between countries in their ability to leverage Artificial Intelligence (AI), with most specialized AI data centers concentrated in the US, EU, and China. This concentration grants immense influence to these regions, creating a gap between nations that can benefit from AI and those that cannot. This also impacts scientific research, startup development, and talent retention in less capable countries.
    • Trade Wars: The potential for new, higher US tariffs (as announced by President Trump) on imports from various countries, including key trading partners like Japan and South Korea, creates uncertainty in the market and raises concerns about negative impacts on the global economy and oil demand. This could disrupt trade flows and industrial production.
    • Political Selfishness: An article highlights “political selfishness” as a significant threat to communities and nations, leading to conflicts, instability, and hindering comprehensive development. It emphasizes that solving political differences through dialogue and diplomatic means, rather than escalation, is crucial for fostering sustainable development.
    • Governance and Financial Stability
    • Experts have called for Islamic economic, banking, and financial organizations to transform from a defensive stance to a leadership role in global governance, strengthening the application of legal and administrative governance in their internal performance and inter-organizational relations. This includes building rapid response systems for crises and establishing a common Arab electricity market. The importance of independent Islamic credit rating agencies and a common market for Islamic financial products was also noted to reduce reliance on the dollar.
    • The Shura Council urged the General Organization for Social Insurance to review its reinsurance policies periodically to balance local content enhancement with the efficiency and competitiveness of the Saudi insurance market.Economic development is a recurring theme across the sources, highlighting various initiatives, strategies, and challenges within the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and globally.

    Here’s a comprehensive overview:

    • Holistic and Balanced Development
    • Development in the Kingdom is characterized by inclusivity and balance, with the citizen at its core. The state has adopted numerous programs and initiatives, such as the Citizen’s Account Program, housing initiatives, and the developed social security program, to alleviate financial burdens on the most needy categories. These programs also aim to transform aid recipients into opportunity creators, providing facilitated financing for work, professional training through the Social Development Bank, and supporting micro and small projects. This approach seeks to enhance individuals’ financial independence and reduce reliance on direct support. The Council of Ministers approved a program from the Social Development Bank specifically to support the most needy categories, aiming to improve the efficiency of social protection and targeted support, aligning with Vision 2030’s goals of building a vibrant society where individuals enjoy equal opportunities and contribute effectively to national development.
    • Strategic Partnerships and Global Economic Contribution
    • The Council of Ministers emphasized the Kingdom’s efforts and contributions at the international level to support multilateral action and enhance global economic growth rates. This includes continued cooperation and coordination with producers within the OPEC+ group to maintain stability in the oil markets. The Kingdom also highlighted the importance of strengthening economic, knowledge, and cultural ties with countries like Indonesia, as evidenced by the first meeting of the Saudi-Indonesian Higher Coordination Council, which resulted in agreements in petrochemicals, clean energy, and aviation fuel, fostering an advanced economic partnership.
    • Digital Economy and Innovation
    • The Kingdom’s continued top ranking in the Global Cybersecurity Index for 2025 is a testament to the rapid achievements in this sector, contributing to technical prosperity, localizing priority technologies, and enhancing international cooperation. Furthermore, achieving first place globally in the Telecommunications and Information Technology Development Index by the International Telecommunication Union confirms the robustness of the digital infrastructure and the attractiveness of the investment environment. The local digital economy has reached a significant volume of 495 billion riyals.
    • The “Mawhiba” Enrichment Program for the Gifted 2025 aims to enhance research, development, and innovation among gifted students, connecting them with research centers and experts to contribute to national priorities and enrich local content. This initiative reflects the leadership’s focus on human capabilities development as part of Vision 2030.
    • The Shura Council advocated for the National Information Technology Sector Development Program to increase targeted funding for advanced technologies and ensure technology transfer and localization. It also urged expanding partnerships with Saudi universities to leverage national cadres, accelerators, and business incubators.
    • Key Economic Sectors and Growth Drivers
    • Real Estate: The General Real Estate Authority aims to foster a transparent and compliant real estate market, recognizing it as a key driver of development. The “Real Estate Excellence Award” aims to elevate standards, reward innovation, and attract qualitative investments.
    • Transport and Logistics: The Council of Ministers approved an updated “National Strategy for Transport and Logistics Services”. This aligns with efforts to enhance logistic services and contribute to Vision 2030. The Al-Ahsa Public Transport Project (“Hafalat Al-Ahsa”) is highlighted as a model for urban development, offering safe, comfortable, and sustainable transport options, reducing reliance on private vehicles, easing traffic, and cutting carbon emissions. It also supports local tourism and makes Al-Ahsa a leading example of smart infrastructure in medium-sized cities.
    • Aviation: The King Abdulaziz International Airport recorded significant growth in the first half of 2025, serving 25.5 million passengers, a 6.8% increase from the previous year, reflecting the National Aviation Strategy’s goals to serve over 100 million passengers by 2030. However, the International Air Transport Association (IATA) expressed disappointment over proposed solidarity taxes on air travel, arguing they would hinder the sector’s ability to invest in long-term emission reduction solutions, despite the sector’s commitment to achieving carbon neutrality by 2050. IATA notes that aviation directly contributes 3.9% of global GDP and supports 86.5 million jobs worldwide.
    • Agriculture: The Ministry of Environment, Water, and Agriculture reported a continuous growth in cooperative societies, with 198 societies across the Kingdom by Q1 2025, supporting rural development and food security in line with Vision 2030. However, climate change is projected to significantly reduce the productivity of staple crops globally, highlighting a major challenge to food security.
    • Water Projects: The National Water Company has initiated 38 water and sanitation projects in the Asir region, costing nearly 2 billion riyals, to enhance water distribution and environmental balance.
    • Challenges and Considerations for Economic Development
    • AI Divide: There is a growing disparity between countries in their ability to leverage Artificial Intelligence (AI), with most specialized AI data centers concentrated in the US, EU, and China. This concentration grants immense influence to these regions, creating a gap between nations that can benefit from AI and those that cannot. This also impacts scientific research, startup development, and talent retention in less capable countries.
    • Trade Wars: The potential for new, higher US tariffs (as announced by President Trump) on imports from various countries, including key trading partners like Japan and South Korea, creates uncertainty in the market and raises concerns about negative impacts on the global economy and oil demand. This could disrupt trade flows and industrial production.
    • Political Selfishness: An article highlights “political selfishness” as a significant threat to communities and nations, leading to conflicts, instability, and hindering comprehensive development. It emphasizes that solving political differences through dialogue and diplomatic means, rather than escalation, is crucial for fostering sustainable development.
    • Governance and Financial Stability
    • Experts have called for Islamic economic, banking, and financial organizations to transform from a defensive stance to a leadership role in global governance, strengthening the application of legal and administrative governance in their internal performance and inter-organizational relations. This includes building rapid response systems for crises and establishing a common Arab electricity market. The importance of independent Islamic credit rating agencies and a common market for Islamic financial products was also noted to reduce reliance on the dollar.
    • The Shura Council urged the General Organization for Social Insurance to review its reinsurance policies periodically to balance local content enhancement with the efficiency and competitiveness of the Saudi insurance market.

    Saudi Arabia’s Digital Transformation and Vision 2030

    Saudi Arabia is actively pursuing a comprehensive digital transformation across various sectors, aligning with its Vision 2030 goals to build a vibrant society and a thriving economy. This transformation is underscored by significant investments in advanced technologies, infrastructure, and human capabilities, aiming to enhance efficiency, quality of life, and global competitiveness.

    Here are some key areas and initiatives related to digital transformation:

    • Cybersecurity and Digital Infrastructure
    • Saudi Arabia has achieved the first rank globally in the Cybersecurity Index for 2025, a rapid accomplishment supported by contributions to technological prosperity, localization of priority technologies, and international cooperation.
    • The Kingdom also holds the first global ranking in the Telecommunication and Information Technology Development Index, issued by the International Telecommunication Union, which affirms its robust and developed digital infrastructure and attractive investment environment.
    • The local digital economy has reached a volume of 495 billion Riyals, indicating strong growth in the digital sector.
    • The Crown Prince’s initiative, “Protecting Children in Cyber Space,” received a unanimous UN resolution endorsement, emphasizing technical cooperation, capacity building, awareness, and skill development to ensure a safe digital environment for children. This initiative acknowledges that the digital space has become an essential part of children’s lives, offering learning and communication opportunities but also presenting increasing challenges and risks.
    • E-Government and Public Services
    • The Ministry of Justice reported over 11.8 million electronic judicial notifications in the first half of 2025, significantly enhancing efficiency, reducing procedures, and shortening litigation times. This transformation involves using mobile phone notifications via the “Absher” platform, replacing traditional methods. This is viewed as a fundamental shift in litigation, where technology is crucial for swift justice and transparent, effective services.
    • The Municipality of Medina issued 4729 licenses and permits digitally in June 2025, facilitating municipal procedures through digital platforms and contributing to sustainable development goals under Vision 2030.
    • The Shura Council has called on the Ministry of Islamic Affairs to address delays in digital services related to mosque permits and imam appointments, stressing the need for clear and transparent procedures for digital services. It also highlighted the importance of digital transformation for Islamic leadership through publications and translations via digital applications.
    • Education and Human Capabilities Development
    • The “Madrasati” (My School) platform was recognized with the Grand Prize in e-learning at the WSIS Forum, serving over 6 million students and 500,000 teachers in general education.
    • Imam Muhammad bin Saud Islamic University hosts an “Academic Enrichment Program” focusing on data science and artificial intelligence, cybersecurity, physics, and medical biological sciences for gifted students, aiming to foster research, development, and innovation skills. This program includes advanced computer, cybersecurity, and artificial intelligence labs.
    • The Human Capabilities Development Program aims to prepare a new generation with skills for technological advancements, from early childhood through vocational training and lifelong learning.
    • Saudi Arabia’s International Artificial Intelligence Olympiad, organized by SDAIA, won an award at the WSIS Forum, featuring 90 students from 25 countries.
    • Healthcare
    • King Fahd University Hospital launched “Voice of the Beneficiary” and “Your Opinion Matters” initiatives to enhance communication and healthcare quality, utilizing digital channels for patient feedback and engagement.
    • An “AI Platform for Animal Health” from the Ministry of Environment, Water and Agriculture, analyzes veterinary disease data to predict future cases and aid in preventive measures, demonstrating AI’s application in healthcare.
    • The Shura Council recommended that the Saudi Red Crescent Authority develop mechanisms for managing ambulance service reports using modern technologies like AI and smart technologies.
    • Economic Sectors (Real Estate, Transportation, Aviation)
    • The General Authority for Real Estate is working on building an integrated digital infrastructure, developing regulations, and updating legislation to create a transparent, governed, and compliant real estate market, aligning with Vision 2030 objectives.
    • The “Real Estate Excellence Award” aims to foster innovation and quality, ultimately moving Saudi real estate projects to global standards.
    • The updated “National Strategy for Transport and Logistics Services” was approved, enhancing overall efficiency in the sector.
    • King Abdulaziz International Airport in Jeddah recorded significant growth in passenger traffic (25.5 million in H1 2025), reflecting continuous development of services and a qualitative leap in passenger experience, aligned with the National Aviation Strategy’s goals of reaching over 100 million passengers by 2030. This implies significant digital transformation in airport operations.
    • The “Al-Ahsa Buses” public transport project represents a significant urban transformation, implementing a modern transport system with smart technologies to reduce reliance on private vehicles, ease traffic, and cut carbon emissions. This project aims to transform Al-Ahsa into a smart, green, and sustainable city.
    • Cultural and Religious Services
    • The King Salman Global Academy for Arabic Language launched a program to teach Arabic to non-native speakers, in cooperation with Saudi Railways (SAR), using both in-person and remote (hybrid) learning and smart applications to enhance the use of Arabic in professional contexts and promote its presence across various sectors.
    • The Presidency of Religious Affairs for the Grand Mosque and Prophet’s Mosque launched an “Enriching Our Visitors” initiative for the Umrah season, utilizing smart devices and applications to enrich the spiritual experience of visitors and deliver the message of the Two Holy Mosques.
    • Challenges
    • Despite these advancements, there are concerns about the widening gap in Artificial Intelligence (AI) capabilities between “rich” and “poor” countries. Only 32 out of 193 countries have specialized AI data centers, and US and Chinese companies operate over 90% of global AI data centers, granting them significant influence. Over 150 countries lack any AI data centers, and the cost of building these massive, power-hungry centers runs into billions of dollars, making them inaccessible to many. This concentration of AI power impacts scientific research, startup development, and talent retention in less developed nations. For instance, Harvard’s computing capacity alone surpasses that of the entire African continent, partly due to a lack of reliable electricity.

    In conclusion, Saudi Arabia is vigorously implementing digital transformation initiatives across multiple domains, leveraging technology to improve governance, public services, economic sectors, education, and quality of life, while also actively addressing its role in the global digital landscape and the challenges associated with technological disparities.

    Saudi Arabia’s Quest for Regional Stability

    Saudi Arabia is actively engaged in comprehensive efforts to foster regional stability, aligning its actions with its Vision 2030 goals which aim to build a vibrant society and a thriving economy [Source: Conversation history]. This commitment is demonstrated through diplomatic initiatives, technological advancements, and a focus on both internal strength and international cooperation.

    Saudi Arabia’s Approach to Regional Stability

    The Kingdom consistently emphasizes the importance of dialogue through diplomatic means as a way to settle disputes. The Crown Prince has reiterated Saudi Arabia’s position in supporting this approach to achieve security and stability in the region. This stance extends to condemning aggression, as seen when the Iranian Foreign Minister thanked Saudi Arabia for its condemnation of Israeli aggression and its efforts to enhance regional security and stability. The Council of Ministers also supports multilateral work and global economic growth, including continued cooperation with OPEC+ to maintain stability in oil markets, which is crucial for global and regional economic stability.

    Key Regional Issues and Diplomatic Engagements

    • Gaza Conflict:
    • The sources highlight the ongoing violence in Gaza, with Israeli occupation forces committing massacres and targeting civilian areas and displacement camps, resulting in numerous casualties.
    • Despite the conflict, there is a “political atmosphere of cautious optimism” regarding a potential ceasefire agreement due to increasing pressure from the US administration and Qatari mediation efforts.
    • US President Donald Trump met with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to discuss the war, with Trump expressing confidence that Hamas desires a ceasefire. A new round of indirect negotiations between the parties has commenced in Qatar, based on a proposal from mediators that draws on US envoy Steve Witkoff’s ideas.
    • Lebanon and Hezbollah Disarmament:
    • The US envoy, Thomas Bark, expressed “great relief” regarding Beirut’s response to Washington’s request for Hezbollah’s disarmament.
    • Bark warned that Lebanon “will fall behind” if it fails to align with “regional changes”.
    • The US administration formally requested Lebanon’s commitment to disarm Hezbollah.
    • Lebanese Prime Minister Salam stated that the security arrangements are focused on “implementing arrangements for stopping hostile acts between Lebanon and Israel” based on the principle of “consecutive steps”. These arrangements aim to stop hostilities and assert state authority over all Lebanese territory.
    • Iran and Sanctions:
    • US President Trump indicated a willingness to lift severe US sanctions on Iran “at the appropriate time,” expressing hope that Iran would reciprocate.
    • Despite an Iranian presidential candidate accusing Israel of assassination attempts and stating readiness to resume nuclear talks with the US, Iran’s foreign ministry spokesman noted that Tehran has not formally requested such a meeting.
    • Red Sea Security:
    • Attacks on commercial ships in the Red Sea by the Houthis continue, with vessels experiencing significant damage and loss of power. This ongoing aggression highlights a critical threat to maritime security and regional stability.

    Challenges to Regional Stability

    • Political Egoism:
    • The sources present a critical analysis of “political egoism,” defining it as a mindset that prioritizes personal desires and short-term goals over collective and long-term interests.
    • This egoism is linked to traits like ignorance, hastiness, and corruption of the mind, and it is “devastating and destructive for individuals and communities”, threatening state security and stability.
    • Historical examples like World War I and II are cited, where political egoism led to the downfall of empires.
    • Regionally, it is blamed for the demise of populations, disintegration of societies, and occupation by foreign powers and terrorist groups in some Arab countries.
    • The events of October 7, 2023, are specifically mentioned as an instance where political egoism led to “highly complex political, security, and military decisions without realizing the consequences”.
    • Trade Wars and Economic Instability:
    • US President Trump’s threat of high tariffs on imports from various countries, including key Asian and African trade partners, created market uncertainty and fears about negative impacts on the global economy and oil demand. Such trade wars are described as “systematic restrictions that target points of weakness in the economic and administrative structures of countries”. This instability can spill over into regional political tensions.
    • Technological Disparity (AI Gap):
    • There is a “widening gap in Artificial Intelligence (AI) capabilities between ‘rich’ and ‘poor’ countries”. Only 32 out of 193 countries (16%) possess specialized AI data centers, with US and Chinese companies operating over 90% of global AI data centers.
    • This concentration of AI power grants significant influence and impacts scientific research, startup development, and talent retention in less developed nations. This technological disparity creates an imbalance that can affect global and regional stability by exacerbating economic and developmental inequalities.

    Pathways to Stability and Future Outlook

    • Dialogue and Wisdom:
    • To counteract political egoism and its negative consequences, dialogue, diplomatic means, and negotiations are crucial for resolving differences.
    • Avoiding media escalation is also vital, as it tends to transform political issues into emotional public debates that hinder peaceful solutions.
    • Such rational approaches help political systems continue their developmental plans by avoiding disruptions and the depletion of human, material, and financial resources.
    • Economic Cooperation and Governance:
    • There is a call for Islamic economic organizations to move from a defensive to a leadership position by implementing robust governance, emphasizing transparency, accountability, and careful oversight.
    • The establishment of a joint Arab market for electricity and an independent Islamic credit rating system is proposed to enhance financial stability and reduce reliance on the dollar.
    • Developing “rapid response systems for crises through independent governance committees” and leveraging “digital governance and technological transformation” through smart platforms can help manage economic fluctuations.
    • Leadership Development and Youth Empowerment:
    • Initiatives like Project1932 aim to prepare a new generation of young leaders in Saudi Arabia and Gulf countries for future transformations. These programs focus on “bridging the gap between theory and reality” in leadership, fostering strategic thinking, and nurturing talents to contribute to national and regional development.

    In conclusion, regional stability is a complex issue influenced by geopolitical conflicts, economic policies, technological disparities, and governance. Saudi Arabia, through its diplomatic efforts, emphasis on dialogue, and internal development, positions itself as a key actor in promoting a more secure and stable region, while also acknowledging the global challenges that affect this stability.

    Saudi Arabia’s Environmental Stewardship and Global Challenges

    Saudi Arabia’s broader commitment to regional stability, as highlighted in the conversation history, encompasses significant efforts and acknowledges critical challenges related to environmental concerns, aligning with its Vision 2030 goals [Source: Conversation history, 3, 153, 276]. These efforts span various sectors, from agriculture and water management to urban development and the aviation industry, reflecting a holistic approach to sustainability.

    Key Environmental Concerns and Initiatives:

    • Climate Change Impact on Agriculture and Food Security: A recent study reveals that climate change is severely limiting the global capacity of agricultural crops to provide food. The study projects that the productivity of calories from six fundamental crops—wheat, rice, corn, soy, sorghum, and cassava—is expected to decline globally by 11% to 24% by the year 2100, even if agricultural practices adapt to warming temperatures. Researchers noted that for every additional degree Celsius of warming, the world’s capacity to produce food decreases by approximately 120 calories per person daily, which is equivalent to about 4.4% of the current daily intake.
    • Specific regional impacts are also noted: major plains in the U.S. “corn belt” are anticipated to experience a sharp decline in productivity.
    • Cassava production in Africa, a staple for many impoverished communities, is predicted to drop by 40%. This direct link between climate change and food production poses a severe food security challenge, particularly for vulnerable populations.
    • Sustainable Aviation and Emissions: The International Air Transport Association (IATA) has expressed “deep disappointment” regarding proposals for new solidarity taxes on the air transport sector, arguing these would impede sustainability efforts. The aviation sector is committed to achieving carbon neutrality by 2050, with an estimated cost of nearly $4.7 trillion in sustainability investments between 2024 and 2050. IATA argues that increasing taxes on airlines would reduce their ability to invest in long-term solutions for emission reduction. The sector already operates under CORSIA (Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation), a globally agreed mechanism for managing carbon emissions in international aviation. IATA contends that these proposed taxes, while framed as not affecting ordinary citizens, would increase the cost of air travel for all passengers and undermine the industry’s capacity to meet its carbon neutrality goals.
    • Water Management and Sustainability: Saudi Arabia is actively involved in efforts to ensure water sustainability. A national team from the Ministry of Environment, Water, and Agriculture participated in a training course in China focusing on rainwater harvesting techniques. The course aimed to develop designs for such systems in both rural and urban areas, enhancing the management of collected water quality. The importance of combating desertification and promoting water sustainability was emphasized. This initiative aligns with the development of national capacities in water resource management.
    • Furthermore, significant investments are being made in water and sanitation projects, such as those in the Asir region, costing nearly 2 billion riyals. These projects aim to improve water distribution networks, eliminate environmental damage, and strengthen water security and environmental balance within the region.
    • Sustainable Urban Development and Reduced Emissions: The launch of the Al-Ahsa Public Transport project represents a “qualitative leap” in public services, aiming to enhance the quality of life and improve infrastructure in line with Vision 2030. This modern transport system is designed to reduce reliance on private vehicles, alleviate traffic congestion, and significantly lower carbon emissions. It is presented as a model for sustainable urban development, contributing to cleaner air in urban areas and aligning with Vision 2030’s “Quality of Life Program” and “Municipal and Rural Development Program”.
    • Public Health and Environmental Well-being: The city of Taif has been recognized as the “first healthy city in the Kingdom” by the World Health Organization (WHO) for the second time, indicating robust efforts in environmental health and well-being. The city’s authorities are actively preparing green spaces, public squares, and parks for summer visitors, showcasing their commitment to maintaining a healthy and sustainable environment.

    Challenges to Addressing Environmental Concerns:

    • Technological Disparity (AI Gap): A significant concern impacting the global capacity to address complex issues, including environmental ones, is the widening gap in Artificial Intelligence (AI) capabilities between developed and developing nations. Only 32 out of 193 countries (16%) possess specialized AI data centers, with over 90% of global AI data centers operated by American and Chinese companies. This concentration of AI power grants immense influence to the owning countries and severely limits less developed nations in areas such as scientific research, startup development, and talent retention. This technological disparity means that many countries lack the necessary tools and infrastructure to leverage AI for crucial environmental solutions like climate modeling, sustainable resource management, and green technology innovation.

    In summary, while Saudi Arabia demonstrates a strong commitment to addressing environmental concerns through strategic initiatives and investments in water, urban development, and sustainable practices, it also acknowledges the broader global challenges, such as the impact of climate change on food security and the technological disparities that could hinder universal progress toward environmental sustainability.

    Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030: Sports and Entertainment Development

    Saudi Arabia is actively pursuing ambitious goals in the realms of sports and entertainment, with many initiatives aligned with its Vision 2030, aimed at enhancing the quality of life, fostering economic growth, and boosting the Kingdom’s global standing.

    Sports Development and Events:

    The Kingdom is making significant strides in professional sports, hosting major events, and developing national talent:

    • Football:
    • Player Transfers: There is widespread speculation about Liverpool star Luis Diaz potentially transferring to Al-Nassr Football Club to play alongside Cristiano Ronaldo. Diaz reportedly expressed a desire to play with Ronaldo and acknowledged the “wonderful passes” that could result. While he has a contract with Liverpool until 2027, he is reportedly in negotiations with several top clubs including Al-Nassr.
    • Club Leadership: Fahad Sendi has officially announced his candidacy for the presidency of Al-Ittihad Club, succeeding Loai Musallam. Sendi’s vision for the club emphasizes an extension of its institutional building, focusing on values and identity, and aims for continued success in the 2025-2026 season.
    • Club World Cup: The Club World Cup features a highly anticipated semi-final between Real Madrid and Paris Saint-Germain, highlighting the growing stature of international club football events hosted globally. This match marks a notable confrontation, particularly due to Kylian Mbappé’s recent move to Real Madrid from PSG.
    • Goalkeeper Contracts: FC Barcelona extended the contract of Polish goalkeeper Wojciech Szczęsny until 2027, a key player in their recent successes. This extension, however, raises questions about the future of their other prominent goalkeeper, Marc-André ter Stegen, amid Barcelona’s financial challenges.
    • Managerial Appointments: Davide Ancelotti, son of Brazil’s national team coach, has been appointed as the new coach for Brazilian club Botafogo. Additionally, Newcastle United has agreed to a $75 million deal to sign Swedish forward Alexander Isak, marking a significant transfer for the English club.
    • Ronaldo’s Influence: Cristiano Ronaldo’s presence in Saudi Arabia is seen as a powerful tool for promoting the country’s image. A video of Ronaldo discussing the Kingdom is highlighted as an opportunity to brand Saudi Arabia as “The Kingdom of Humanity”. Ronaldo himself has expressed great satisfaction with his life in Saudi Arabia, praising it as a “wonderful country” and predicting that the World Cup hosted there would be “the most beautiful”. This positive sentiment is encouraged to be leveraged for national pride and overcoming “blind fanaticism”.
    • New Coaching Standards: The Saudi Arabian Football Federation is enhancing coaching standards by opening registration for new coaching courses for the 2025-2026 season, introducing new requirements like a bachelor’s degree in physical education and first aid certification. Exceptions are noted for former international players. New specialized courses for video analysts and fitness coaches are also being introduced.
    • National Team Participation: The Saudi women’s national futsal team completed its first participation in the Asian Qualifiers for the 2026 AFC Women’s Futsal Asian Cup, showcasing the Kingdom’s commitment to developing women’s football. Similarly, the Saudi men’s national futsal team will participate in the Continental Championship in Thailand as part of their preparation for the 2026 AFC Futsal Asian Cup qualifiers.
    • Al-Khaleej Club Stability: The president of Al-Khaleej Club, Ala’a Al-Hamal, has assured fans that the club’s football operations are under control, with all player files ready for the upcoming season, aiming for stability and success.
    • Handball:
    • The Saudi national handball team for juniors has begun an intensive indoor training camp in the Eastern Province, preparing for the World Championship in Egypt in August 2025. The training regimen includes physical, tactical, and video sessions.
    • Tennis:
    • The “Six Kings Slam” tennis tournament is set to return to Riyadh Season in October, featuring six of the world’s best male players, including Jannik Sinner, who will defend his title, and Novak Djokovic.
    • Player Injuries: Bayern Munich star Jamal Musiala is expected to be out for several months due to a fractured fibula and dislocated ankle sustained during the Club World Cup, a significant blow to his team.
    • Retirements:
    • Croatian international Ivan Rakitić has announced his retirement from football at age 37, after a distinguished career that included significant time with Sevilla and Barcelona.

    Entertainment and Tourism Initiatives:

    Saudi Arabia is heavily investing in tourism and entertainment, transforming various regions into attractive destinations:

    • Regional Tourism Development:
    • Taif is highlighted as a unique tourist destination that successfully blends historical authenticity with modern beauty. Recognized as the “first healthy city in the Kingdom” by the World Health Organization (WHO) for the second time, it boasts a moderate climate, historical sites, and modern attractions, making it appealing year-round.
    • Al-Baha is experiencing a surge in visitors during the summer due to its pleasant weather and natural beauty, offering various recreational and cultural activities within the “Al-Baha Summer 2025” program.
    • Najran’s “Summer of Najran” festival provides a wide array of recreational, cultural, and sports activities, featuring local handicrafts, family entertainment, and popular markets.
    • Souda in Asir attracts visitors with its delightful summer weather, characterized by continuous rain and hail, creating picturesque natural scenes with flowing waterfalls and green terraces.
    • The Al-Ahsa Public Transport project (buses) is a “qualitative leap” in public services, improving quality of life and infrastructure. This modern system aims to reduce private vehicle reliance, ease traffic, and lower carbon emissions, making it a model for sustainable urban development. It supports local tourism by connecting various sites, including heritage and natural attractions.
    • Poetry reflects the Kingdom’s appeal as a summer destination, inviting visitors to experience the beauty and pleasant weather of cities like Taif, Abha, Al-Baha, Najran, and Souda.
    • Cultural and Artistic Ventures:
    • The Ministry of Media, through its “Saudi Treasures” initiative, launched “The Destination” documentary, a film that chronicles the Kingdom’s journey in overcoming challenges and achieving significant advancements across various sectors, embodying the Vision 2030 transformation. This documentary required over 600 hours of editing and 52 hours of filming, involving a large production team and prominent figures.
    • A cultural workshop in Asir focused on introducing intangible heritage (customs, traditions, handicrafts, performing arts) to new generations, with efforts to document over 10,000 intangible heritage elements in six regions.
    • “Resin Art” in Hail is gaining attention, with exhibitions showcasing artworks inspired by Hail’s natural and historical landmarks. This modern handicraft involves blending resin with other liquids to create solid, aesthetically pleasing items for various uses.
    • The book “From the Mysteries of the Wolf: Its Life in the Arabian Desert” by Fayhan bin Bajjad Al-Otaibi delves into the characteristics of wolves, their historical significance in Arabic culture, and reasons for their declining numbers in Saudi Arabia due to urbanization and human activities.
    • “Assateen Al-Fan Al-Khaliji” (Masters of Gulf Art), a new book by Dr. Khalid Al-Qallaf, documents the journey of pioneers who shaped Gulf music and art, aiming to serve as a reference for researchers and young artists.
    • An article reflects on the profound connection between artistry and emotional depth, citing legendary artists Talal Maddah and Abdel Halim Hafez, whose works transcended mere entertainment to become a mirror of societal experience.
    • Saudi artist Hor Al-Abdullah released her new song “Sa’a Sa’a”, showcasing contemporary Gulf music.
    • A critical discussion addresses the phenomenon of “fake fame” and “shops of illusion” (Dakkakeen Al-Wahm), highlighting how some social media figures promote misleading narratives, quick wealth schemes, or superficial self-development programs, often at the expense of genuine artistic or professional integrity.

    These wide-ranging initiatives demonstrate Saudi Arabia’s comprehensive approach to fostering a vibrant society through enhanced sports and diverse entertainment offerings, integral to its national development strategy.

    Reflections on Society, Culture, and Politics

    Here are the titles of the columns found in the newspaper, along with their first two paragraphs of detail:

    • Column Title: كلـمة (Word/Editorial)
    • Paragraph 1: Development in the Kingdom is characterized by comprehensiveness and balance, and amidst its giant projects and the launch of the Vision 2030 development train, its primary goals are for the citizen, who is considered its fundamental محور (axis). The state has adopted numerous programs to support the most in-need categories of citizens, alleviate financial burdens, and initiatives like housing programs, the developed social protection program, and other initiatives aimed at enhancing the quality of life and achieving social justice.
    • Paragraph 2: These programs, in addition to their humanitarian dimensions, also carry a different vision aimed at transforming beneficiaries of support into creators of economic opportunities, through empowerment programs, providing facilitated financing and professional training via the Social Development Bank, and supporting small and micro-enterprises, which enhances the financial independence of individuals and reduces reliance on direct support.
    • Column Title: الطـائـف.. أصالـة وجمـال (Taif.. Authenticity and Beauty)
    • Paragraph 1: Taif has surpassed the stage of mere introduction as one of the most attractive tourist sites in the Kingdom, elevating its position with the components it possesses to become a competitive and complementary destination that greatly contributes to enriching the tourist experience for visitors, due to its diverse geographical characteristics, and its unique charm where values can be experienced and tourists can live a unique journey of its kind within its familiar territories, allowing them to touch the details and live unforgettable moments.
    • Paragraph 2: Taif is considered a peerless model for a summer resort in the Kingdom, and one of the influential regions in the tourism industry due to its geographical characteristics that have shaped its natural beauty, in addition to its moderate climate. It is rapidly flourishing, keeping pace with the evolving tourism trends, in parallel with development, as the historical elements, represented by archaeological sites and landmarks, have complemented it. Since ancient times, it has been a high-ranking tourist destination sought by those seeking natural origins in a homeland of beauty, where live nature harmoniously blends with history, artifacts, and moderate dry greenery.
    • Column Title: المقال (The Article)
    • Paragraph 1: The gap between the rich and the poor has dramatically widened due to artificial intelligence, leading to a split in the world into two camps: countries that rely on Chinese technology and countries that rely on American technology. We can imagine that out of 193 countries, only 32 countries, mostly in the northern hemisphere, possess specialized data centers for artificial intelligence, which is equivalent to 16% of the world’s countries. These centers grant immense influence to the owning countries, as the United States, the European Union, and China control over half of the world’s most powerful data centers that operate AI systems, while the rest of the world’s countries remain in the spectator seats.
    • Paragraph 2: The United States and China dominate the rising sector at rocket speed, with American and Chinese companies operating over 90% of AI data centers. In contrast, Africa and South America barely have any presence in this field. For example, India has five centers, and Japan has four, while over 150 countries have no data centers at all. This means that current centers surpass their predecessors, which used to perform simple tasks in the past. These enormous centers, equipped with chips for email, video streaming, and are power-hungry, cost billions of dollars to build. This implies that they are not accessible to everyone, as their ownership is concentrated in the hands of a few giant, powerful countries, which widens the gap between countries capable of benefiting from AI and those deprived of it.
    • Column Title: »الوجهة«.. فيلم يوثق رحلة وطن (The Destination.. A Film Documenting a Nation’s Journey)
    • Paragraph 1: The Saudi Ministry of Media, through its “Saudi Treasures” initiative, launched the documentary film “The Destination,” as part of its efforts to document national transformations. The film narrates the Kingdom’s story in overcoming challenges and achieving qualitative accomplishments in various fields, within the national transformation journey of Saudi Vision 2030.
    • Paragraph 2: The film, which began its broadcast on Saudi channels and digital platforms, offers a rich visual experience that highlights the Kingdom’s global standing and its aspirations for rapid development. It focuses on sectors such as economy, politics, culture, health, sports, and media.
    • Column Title: تأمالت في زمن الشهرة الزائفة (Reflections in the Era of Fake Fame)
    • Paragraph 1: During my viewing of the الخليجي series “My Ideas,” a scene caught my attention, reflecting a painful reality we have been living for a long time: the trivial personalities that social media platforms impose on us, which do not relate to our reality and have no connection to us.
    • Paragraph 2: In the series “My Ideas,” artistic personalities have emerged and played roles that embody artistic creativity and a journey that has spanned years, despite some artists’ reluctance to take on roles that restrict their creativity. In some works, certain producers use these methods to gain “trends” and attention, even if the reactions are negative.
    • Column Title: »أساطين الفن الخليجي« يوثق تجربة الرواد األصيلة (Masters of Gulf Art” Documents the Authentic Experience of Pioneers)
    • Paragraph 1: A new book titled “Masters of Gulf Art,” published recently by the National Council for Culture, Arts, and Literature, is authored by Dr. Khalid Al-Qallaf, a researcher and academic. In it, he addresses the journey of documentation and research on a number of pioneers who contributed to shaping the features of lyrical art in the Arabian Gulf region.
    • Paragraph 2: According to Al-Qallaf, this publication aims to highlight prominent figures who left their mark on the artistic memory and shaped the collective consciousness of Gulf society, creating timeless melodies and songs. He points out that the goal of this work is to document the beginnings of Gulf art and highlight the symbols that contributed to solidifying its identity.
    • Column Title: الخزامى (Al-Khozama – a type of desert flower, implying a local/traditional theme)
    • Paragraph 1: The past discussed smallpox, which was endemic in Al-Hilla and other parts of the Arabian Peninsula, spreading to the Najd region since the early 1930s before turning into a widespread epidemic that swept across the entire Najd region in 1939 (1358 AH). Violet Dickson, the British author, states in her book “Forty Years in Kuwait” that the disease began to infiltrate Kuwait from Najd in the early 1930s, carried by two Najdi patients who were visiting Kuwaiti markets to buy food and supplies. Some of them were admitted to the American Mission Hospital in Kuwait, which forced the Kuwaiti government to establish vaccination centers against the disease. In its early days, there was public aversion to vaccination, with rumors spreading that it led to immediate death, which forced the Amir of Kuwait to compel people to get vaccinated.
    • Paragraph 2: To bring in cooling methods due to the lack of continuous refrigeration, Sheikh Ahmad Al-Jaber (may God have mercy on him) had to take people by force to be vaccinated. Violet states in her book that the number of deaths exceeded 4,000 inhabitants by June of that year. She also mentions that her husband, Commissioner Harold Dickson, left Kuwait for England with their two children, but he stayed in Kuwait for the entire summer during which he witnessed the suffering among Kuwaitis.
    • Column Title: شهادة رونالدو في مملكة اإلنسانية ال تشوهوها بتعصبكم (Ronaldo’s Testimony in the Kingdom of Humanity, Do Not Distort It with Your Fanaticism)
    • Paragraph 1: Cristiano Ronaldo’s testimony in Saudi Arabia, which spread across social media platforms, is a great testimony from a global sports icon, universally followed. I ask God to let him utter the Muslim testimony. I ask God to let him speak out and be utilized by us all, as it serves national goals, away from sectarian fanaticism. This is natural for our planned project, which needs someone globally beloved in his field, in addition to our global distinction in serving pilgrims, Islam, economics, health, politics, humanitarian aid, peace, and environment. Based on this, I proudly coined the phrase “Saudi Arabia is the Kingdom of Humanity” for my country.
    • Paragraph 2: Cristiano Ronaldo said, “I and all my family members are happy living on its land.” He predicted confidently that the World Cup hosted in Saudi Arabia would be “the most beautiful.” He added, “You have a wonderful country, and I feel at home in Saudi Arabia. Prince Mohammed bin Salman is the most influential figure, and he is behind the development and security in Saudi Arabia.” In response to those who wondered about his happiness since coming to Saudi Arabia, he said that they should come and see for themselves what he has seen, and then they can judge. He concluded by saying that if he had not found comfort and safety during the summer by the Red Sea with his family, he would not have spent his time there.
    • Column Title: األنانية السياسية وسلبياتها على المنطقة العربية (Political Selfishness and Its Negative Impacts on the Arab Region)
    • Paragraph 1: If political selfishness offers personal desires, self-serving ambitions, private interests, and short-term immediate goals, then rationality offers collective desires, objective ambitions, public interests, and constructive long-term goals. If selfishness is based on ignorance, haste, recklessness, and folly, then rationality is based on wisdom, deliberation, foresight, and intellect. If we recognize these significant differences between egoism and rationality in their general meanings, then we will certainly realize the grave danger of individual selfishness, which leads to utterly negative outcomes for the individual who possesses it, destroying even their future. At the political level, it leads to devastating and destructive outcomes for societies and destabilizes the security, peace, and stability of nations. The magnitude of the danger of political selfishness on the safety of individuals, stability of societies, and nations has been proven by great political events and conflicts, including the wars that stained the pages of history throughout the twentieth century, such as World War I and World War II. Indeed, the short-sightedness, haste, recklessness, and ignorance that characterized political selfishness among decision-makers in European empires, which decided to start World War I (1914–1918), led to the disintegration and disappearance of those empires from the international political map forever, while the power and standing of countries characterized by rationality and political wisdom prevailed and strengthened.
    • Paragraph 2: The political selfishness that occurred in World War I recurred and intensified in some European countries, leading to the start of World War II (1939–1945). By its end, and due to the distinction of their leaders, they led to the demise of their lands, occupation of their societies, and destruction of their peoples, while the power and standing of other countries that were characterized by rationality and wisdom advanced, gaining influence and leadership in international and global politics at all levels. In addition to these international and global examples that prove the danger and short-sightedness of political selfishness, and its contribution to the collapse of empires and the decline of the power and status of those nations, there are also regional examples that truly express the extent of the danger of political selfishness on individuals, societies, and political systems. Indeed, if the regional examples witnessing the danger and negativity of political selfishness have been numerous, then one can look at the Arab region to understand the extent of the negativity and danger of political selfishness on some Arab countries whose societies have perished and their peoples disintegrated, whose political systems have collapsed, and which have been colonized by foreign powers, terrorist groups, and armed factions, to the extent that they have lost their independent political decision and regional standing.
    • Column Title: دكاكين الوهم األربعة (The Four Shops of Illusion)
    • Paragraph 1: Those are the enticing and numerous shops, or for individuals and groups, that promote illusion and falsehood. They operate with full readiness and efficiency, propagating all those dazzling illusions and deceptive dreams. Writing about these shops of illusion and fake fame requires many studies and articles specializing in selling illusion and creating falsehood. I will try, briefly and concisely, to focus on only four of those shops and stalls that sell illusion and deception, or, in marketing and attraction terms, the four most popular and sought-after shops among the targeted and exploited segments and groups.
    • Paragraph 2: The first shop: the shop of heroism and slogans. These are merely vocal phenomena, or “shops of illusion,” but their impact at the first test is one of the most dangerous sources of illusion and superficiality in thought and conviction among simple, young generations. You might find many who have been deceived by the experience, the buyers and the enthusiasts, even from older age groups and experienced individuals.

    Saudi Kingdom: Development, Diplomacy, and Society

    Here are the headings from the newspaper with their first two paragraphs of detail:

    • the Kingdom reaffirms continued coordination to support petroleum markets: approval of the agreement to establish the common Arab electricity market the Ministry of State, Member of the Council of Ministers, and Consultant of the National Security, Dr. Musaid bin Mohammed Al-Aiban were present at the meeting. This development in the Kingdom is characterized by comprehensiveness and balance, and amidst its colossal projects and the launch of the most in-need categories, the development remains within the context of Vision 2030, considering the citizen as its fundamental focus and most important goal.
    • Crown Prince receives Iranian Foreign Minister: the Kingdom supports dialogue through diplomatic means During the meeting, bilateral relations between the two brotherly countries were reviewed, and regional developments and efforts towards them were discussed. His Royal Highness the Crown Prince expressed the Kingdom’s aspiration that the ceasefire agreement would create conditions to enhance security and stability in the region, reaffirming the Kingdom’s stance in supporting dialogue through diplomatic means as a way to settle disputes.
    • Word the Ministry of State, Member of the Council of Ministers, and Consultant of the National Security, Dr. Musaid bin Mohammed Al-Aiban were present at the meeting. This development in the Kingdom is characterized by comprehensiveness and balance, and amidst its colossal projects and the launch of the most in-need categories, the development remains within the context of Vision 2030, considering the citizen as its fundamental focus and most important goal.
    • The Citizen… A Priority the Ministry of State, Member of the Council of Ministers, and Consultant of the National Security, Dr. Musaid bin Mohammed Al-Aiban were present at the meeting. This development in the Kingdom is characterized by comprehensiveness and balance, and amidst its colossal projects and the launch of the most in-need categories, the development remains within the context of Vision 2030, considering the citizen as its fundamental focus and most important goal.
    • UN Resolution Strengthens Crown Prince’s Initiative for Child Protection in Cyberspace Based on the global initiative “Child Protection in Cyberspace” launched by His Royal Highness Prince Mohammed bin Salman bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, Crown Prince and Chairman of the Council of Ministers, the Permanent Mission of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to the United Nations and other relevant international organizations in Geneva presented a draft resolution. This resolution strengthens the objectives of this initiative at the international level and translates its vision into practical steps to protect children in the digital space through supporting technical cooperation and capacity building.
    • Oil declines affected by tariffs and increased OPEC+ output Oil prices fell yesterday, Tuesday, by about 2% after rising in the previous session, as investors assessed new developments regarding US tariffs and an increase in OPEC+ production that exceeded expectations in August. Brent crude futures fell by 22 cents, or 0.3%, to reach $69.36 per barrel. US West Texas Intermediate crude fell by 27 cents, or 0.4%, to reach $67.66 per barrel.
    • Lebanon’s move to disarm Hezbollah welcomed by US The American envoy Thomas Barak announced from Beirut on Monday his “satisfaction” with the Lebanese authorities’ response to Washington’s request to disarm Hezbollah, warning at the same time that Lebanon “will fall behind” if it does not move in line with the current regional changes. During a previous visit to Beirut in June, Barak handed Lebanese officials a message from the American administration requesting a formal commitment to disarm Hezbollah, which incurred huge military losses during its recent war with Israel, making it more vulnerable on the political scene in Lebanon.
    • Gaza… Signs of a Breakthrough in Ceasefire Talks The Israeli occupation army continues to commit massacres against Palestinians in the Gaza Strip, directly targeting displaced persons’ tents and civilian areas, resulting in martyrs and injuries in a series of raids and artillery shelling during the past hours, most of which were concentrated in the governorates of Khan Younis and Rafah in the southern Gaza Strip, in addition to Gaza City. In Khan Younis, southern Gaza Strip, Israeli warplanes and helicopters launched intensive raids on the Al-Mawasi area, west of the city, where a tent housing displaced persons near “Rivera” was targeted, resulting in the martyrdom of at least one Palestinian and the injury of others.
    • Saudi Arabia reaffirms continued coordination to support petroleum markets, approves agreement to establish Arab common electricity market His Royal Highness Prince Mohammed bin Salman bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, Crown Prince and Chairman of the Council of Ministers – may Allah protect him – chaired the session held by the Council of Ministers yesterday in Jeddah. At the beginning of the session, His Royal Highness the Crown Prince briefed the Council of Ministers on the content of his official discussions with His Excellency the President of the Republic of Indonesia, Prabowo Subianto, and on the content of the phone call he received – may Allah protect him – from the Federal Chancellor of the Federal Republic of Germany, Friedrich Merz.
    • Khaled bin Salman and Iraqchi discuss developments in the region His Royal Highness Prince Khaled bin Salman bin Abdulaziz, Minister of Defense, met yesterday in his office in Jeddah with His Excellency the Iranian Foreign Minister, Dr. Abbas Araqchi. During the meeting, bilateral relations and aspects of cooperation between the two countries were reviewed, and developments in the regional and international situation were discussed, including their contribution to achieving security and stability, in addition to discussing a number of common issues and matters of interest.
    • Fahd bin Sultan praises leadership’s support for the health sector His Royal Highness Prince Fahd bin Sultan bin Abdulaziz, Governor of Tabuk Region, received yesterday in his office the Chairman of the Founding Council of the Health Sector Cluster, Eng. Abdullah bin Samail Al-Rakhis, and the CEO of the newly appointed Tabuk Health Cluster, Dr. Ayed bin Fares Al-Hamzani. His Royal Highness congratulated Dr. Al-Hamzani on his appointment, wishing him success in serving the health sector in the region, improving the quality of health services provided to beneficiaries, and increasing operational efficiency and integration in health facilities.
    • Prince of Eastern Province honors donors of “Joud Al-Manateq” campaign His Royal Highness Prince Saud bin Nayef bin Abdulaziz, Governor of the Eastern Province, honored yesterday at the Emara Diwan the donors and supporters of the “Joud Al-Manateq” campaign in its second edition, on the occasion of its success in providing 459 housing units worth more than 68 million Saudi Riyals. This was attended by Eng. Fahd bin Muhammad Al-Jubairi, Secretary of the Eastern Province, and a number of sponsors and donors.
    • Prince Saud bin Nayef sponsors graduation ceremony for 400 orphans from Binaa Society On another note, Prince Saud bin Nayef sponsored yesterday the graduation ceremony of more than 400 male and female students benefiting from the Binaa Society for Orphan Care in the Eastern Province, at the Grand Conference Hall in the Emara Diwan. The Governor of the Eastern Province emphasized that the Kingdom, under the leadership of the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques and His Royal Highness the Crown Prince – may Allah protect them – has given great attention to education as a fundamental pillar in the journey of development and an effective tool in building human beings and enhancing their capabilities.
    • Faisal bin Mishaal: Al-Ras enjoys developmental and service projects His Royal Highness Prince Faisal bin Mishaal bin Saud, Governor of Al-Qassim Region, paid a visit to Al-Ras Governorate, accompanied by His Royal Highness Prince Fahd bin Saad bin Faisal bin Saad, Deputy Governor of Al-Qassim. During the visit, His Royal Highness met with officials, citizens, and residents of Al-Ras Governorate and its affiliated centers, at Prince Sultan Hall.
    • Deputy Governor of Riyadh receives British Ambassador His Royal Highness Prince Mohammed bin Abdulrahman bin Abdulaziz, Deputy Governor of Riyadh Region, received yesterday morning at his office in Al-Hukm Palace in Riyadh, the British Ambassador to the Kingdom, Neil Crompton, on the occasion of the end of his term of work in the Kingdom. His Royal Highness thanked Ambassador Crompton for his efforts during his tenure, wishing him success.
    • Fahd bin Mohammed promotes Director of Al-Kharj Police to new rank His Royal Highness Prince Abdulaziz bin Saad bin Mohammed bin Fahd, Governor of Al-Kharj, yesterday promoted the Director of Al-Kharj Governorate Police, Brigadier Rakan bin Sahu Al-Mutairi, to his new rank after the issuance of the Royal Order for his promotion to the rank of Brigadier.
    • Governor of Al-Ahsa witnesses signing of MoU to enhance investment fields His Royal Highness Prince Saud bin Talal bin Badr, Governor of Al-Ahsa, and His Excellency Eng. Majid bin Abdullah Al-Hogail, Minister of Municipal and Rural Affairs and Housing, witnessed the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding between Al-Ahsa Development Authority and Al-Ahsa Oasis for Development and Investment Company, “the investment arm of Al-Ahsa Municipality”. The Al-Ahsa Development Authority was represented in the signing by its Deputy CEO for Strategy and Sector Development, Abdulaziz bin Omar Al-Mulhim, while Al-Ahsa Oasis for Development and Investment Company was represented by its CEO, Eng. Abdullah bin Ahmed Al-Mulhim.
    • Prince Saud bin Talal reviews Al-Ahsa International Airport’s annual report On another note, Prince Saud bin Talal bin Badr, Governor of Al-Ahsa, yesterday reviewed the annual report of Al-Ahsa International Airport. Eng. Al-Husseini presented a summary of the report’s key development projects and achievements that were implemented during the past year, which contributed to enhancing operational efficiency, facilitating air traffic, and improving the quality of services provided to passengers through the airport.
    • Faisal bin Nawaf: Developmental housing is a social tributary His Royal Highness Prince Faisal bin Nawaf bin Abdulaziz, Governor of Al-Jouf Region, chaired the 31st executive committee meeting for developmental housing in the region, to follow up on the progress of tasks, targets, and development projects, within the framework of efforts aimed at enhancing quality of life and increasing homeownership rates for beneficiaries. During the meeting, His Royal Highness emphasized the importance of developmental housing as a social and developmental tributary that contributes to providing suitable housing for the most deserving categories.
    • Environmental Ministry: 198 agricultural societies support rural development The Ministry of Environment, Water, and Agriculture affirmed that the cooperative societies sector is witnessing continuous growth, with the number of societies in various regions of the Kingdom reaching 198 by the end of the first quarter of 2025. This includes 111 societies in the agriculture sector, 42 in the animal wealth sector, 16 in the fish wealth sector, and 29 in the environment sector.
    • King Fahd University Hospital launches “Voice of the Beneficiary” King Fahd University Hospital in Al-Khobar, affiliated with Imam Abdulrahman bin Faisal University, launched the “Voice of the Beneficiary” service as part of its patient experience week activities. The event was attended by the Dean of the College of Medicine and General Supervisor of the Hospital, Dr. Bassam Awari, and the Executive Director, Dr. Mohammed Al-Shehrani, along with a number of specialized doctors.
    • Launch of “Enriching Our Visitors for Our Personnel” Initiative The Presidency for Religious Affairs at the Grand Mosque and the Prophet’s Mosque launched the “Enriching Our Visitors for Our Personnel” initiative within the framework of the operational plan for the Umrah season 1447 AH to enrich the spiritual experience of visitors. The presidency explained that the initiative includes a package of field awareness and guidance services for pilgrims and worshippers, in addition to distributing Qurans, enrichment gifts, and booklets at the Grand Mosque.
    • Madinah Municipality issues 4729 licenses and permits The Municipality of Madinah Region issued a total of 4729 licenses and permits through the “Baladi” platform during June 2025, as part of its continuous efforts to support the business sector, promote urban development, and stimulate the investment environment in the region. The issued statistics included the approval of 492 new building permits, 460 demolition decisions, in addition to 127 licenses for commercial activities operating for 24 hours, and the issuance of 824 professional licenses and 2822 health certificates.
    • Red Crescent in Makkah: Over 30,000 volunteer hours provided Volunteers of the Saudi Red Crescent Authority in Makkah Region recorded over 30,362 volunteer hours during the second quarter of 2025, during which the Authority organized 509 volunteer opportunities. These opportunities varied between providing ambulance services to visitors of the Grand Mosque, pilgrims, and worshippers in the squares of the Holy Mosque, in addition to social, health, and sports volunteer opportunities, as well as participation in international days, events, and exhibitions.
    • Environment Ministry participates in a course on rainwater harvesting A national team from the Environment, Water, and Agriculture System, comprising 12 specialists from the Ministry’s Water Agency, the National Center for Irrigation, and the National Center for Vegetation Cover Development and Combating Desertification, participated in the activities of the training course organized by the Chinese Ministry of Commerce in cooperation with “Qanshu” on rainwater harvesting technologies and their uses. This was attended by representatives of the Chinese Ministry of Water Resources and a number of experts and specialists in the field of water during the period from July 3rd to 22nd in Lanzhou City, People’s Republic of China.
    • Imam University supports 120 talented students from schools Imam Muhammad bin Saud Islamic University, represented by the Deanship of Student Affairs, is hosting the activities of the “Mawhiba Academic Enrichment Program 2025” at the College of Computer Science and Information. The program focuses on supporting and developing the capabilities of more than 120 talented students from middle and high school in an integrated academic environment.
    • Jeddah Airport welcomes 25 million passengers in 2025 King Abdulaziz International Airport continued to set record operational numbers and announced unprecedented results in passenger and flight traffic during the first half of 2025, with a total of 25.5 million passengers, reflecting a 6.8% growth compared to the same period last year. The airport witnessed significant growth in the total number of flights, reaching over 150 thousand flights, an increase of 6.3% over the previous year.
    • Kingdom’s students compete with over 90 countries in Chemistry Olympiad The activities of the 57th International Chemistry Olympiad 2025, organized by the United Arab Emirates, kicked off in Dubai and will continue until July 14, with the participation of the Saudi national team alongside over 90 countries. The Olympiad, in which more than 300 male and female students from the second stage participate, is considered the largest international competition in the field of chemistry, and is held annually in a different country since its launch in 1968.
    • 2 Billion Riyals for Water and Sanitation Projects in Aseer The National Water Company began implementing 38 water and sanitation projects in the Asir region, covering coastal areas. These projects include the implementation of lines and networks exceeding 2,534 linear kilometers, with a total cost approaching 2 billion riyals. This comes within the framework of its continuous efforts to implement its strategic plans for preparing infrastructure and environmental services in the water sector, and to raise coverage rates for the services it provides to its customers.
    • Shura Council calls for addressing delays in mosque permit issuance and Imam appointments The Shura Council emphasized to the Ministry of Islamic Affairs, Dawa, and Guidance the need to address delays in issuing permits for mosque construction, permits for holding Friday prayers, and appointments for imams and muezzins. It also called for studying the reasons for these delays. The Council also approved coordination with relevant authorities to encourage the expansion of non-profit organizations dedicated to mosque care and maintenance.
    • Oil prices retreat as markets assess new tariffs and increased OPEC+ output Oil prices fell yesterday, Tuesday, by about 2% after rising in the previous session, as investors assessed new developments regarding US tariffs and an increase in OPEC+ production that exceeded expectations in August. Brent crude futures fell by 22 cents, or 0.3%, to reach $69.36 per barrel.
    • Signs of strong US demand limit crude losses The American President Donald Trump intensified on Monday by notifying 14 countries that much higher tariffs will come into effect on August 1st. The list included major American suppliers such as Japan and South Korea, in addition to smaller exporters such as Serbia, Thailand, and Tunisia.
    • Gold stable amid dollar gains.. Trade war fuels inflation fears Gold prices stabilized yesterday, Tuesday, after US President Donald Trump’s threats to impose tariffs on his trading partners, including Japan and South Korea, spurred some safe-haven demand, although the dollar’s recovery and rising US Treasury yields limited gains in precious metals markets. Spot gold prices fell by 0.1% to reach $2,331.85 per ounce as of 06:12 GMT.
    • IATA: Aviation sector contributes 3.9% of global GDP The International Air Transport Association (IATA) expressed its deep disappointment at the recommendation of the global working group on solidarity taxes to target the air transport sector “to improve domestic revenue mobilization for developing countries and support international solidarity, especially with regard to mitigating and adapting to the effects of climate change, and confronting epidemics and other development challenges”. The announcement lacks important details and is based on estimates from the CI Consulting company, which states that the luxury air travel tax may generate 78 billion US dollars annually.
    • Our Generation and the Passion for Innovation and Creativity The interest and patronage of His Royal Highness Prince Mohammed bin Salman bin Abdulaziz, Crown Prince and Chairman of the Supreme Committee for Research, Development, and Innovation, is an expression of the national priorities in research, development, innovation, and creativity, and the acceleration of progress towards growth, diversification, and development of our national economy. This aims to create numerous job opportunities in related sectors and lead them, facilitating the lives of citizens, taking into account modern developments and their evolution in energy, industry, and their derivatives, and capable of contributing effectively to building a knowledge society.
    • Four Illusions Shops There are many exciting groups or individuals, whether they are small shops that sell illusions and lies, and are fully ready to promote all those dazzling illusions and deceptive dreams. I will try to be brief and concise, but I will try to focus on only four of those shops and stalls that sell illusions and mirages, or to put it in marketing and attraction language: the four most popular and best-selling shops among the targeted and exploited segments and categories.
    • The First Shop: The Shop of Heroics and Slogans In reality, they are merely vocal phenomena that vanish at the first test. They are one of the most dangerous sources of selling illusions and deceptive appearances, even for small and simple generations. You might find many who bought into the experience and were deceived, even among older and experienced individuals, who were later let down by their age.
    • The Second Shop: The Shop of Illusory Rapid Wealth This is the shop that unsuspecting buyers seek in the markets of illusion and deception through those deceptive promises and attractive wealth. The temptations are so immense that many young men and women, and even older and experienced individuals, fell victim to this fever and illusion, abandoning their jobs and businesses in pursuit of quick wealth after those shops promoted illusions and deceptive wealth.
    • The Third Shop: The Shop of Illusory Self-Development This is hidden behind the deceptive cover of self-development training courses and programs, and the illusory stars of illusion and trickery. I wish the illusion would stop at that, but the mirage continues and expands, and the deception spreads through thousands of books, courses, energies, and misleading reports.
    • The Fourth Shop: The Shop of Illusory Certificates and Titles This begins with the illusion of “buying certificates” and progresses through honorary memberships and illusory positions from those nominal universities, and ends – if there is an end to this long illusory path – with illusory awards and titles like Ambassador of Good Intentions, Exceptional Thinker, Pioneer of Ethics, and others, such as the great sports critic and distinguished literary figure.
    • Political Selfishness and Its Negative Impacts on the Arab Region The general political selfishness, if it were to lead to great negative consequences for individuals, societies, and states at all levels, whether individual, collective, regional, international, or global. And if the historical events, both near and far, testify to the extent of the danger of political selfishness, then the regional states in the region must avoid political selfishness and seek to distance themselves from it through wisdom, foresight, and rationality.
    • Public Transportation Project in Al-Ahsa… Towards a Sustainable Urban Mobility Future In a scene reflecting the Kingdom’s aspirations for a modern, developed future, Al-Ahsa Governorate witnessed the launch of the public transportation project in Al-Ahsa, “Al-Ahsa Buses,” which is considered a qualitative leap in the services system, and an ambitious step towards achieving the goals of Vision 2030 in improving the quality of life and developing municipal and infrastructure in urban areas. The “Al-Ahsa Buses” project is one of the most prominent public transportation projects that embody the scale of transformation and development witnessed by the governorate in its various sectors, especially in the field of infrastructure and public services.
    • Ronaldo’s Testimony in the Kingdom of Humanity, don’t spoil it with your fanaticism Cristiano Ronaldo’s testimony in Saudi Arabia, the most famous and widely followed sports icon globally, is a great testimony (we ask Allah to make him utter the Shahada as a Muslim) for a nation that he witnesses and is worthy of it (we ask Allah not to make him betray). We all must exploit it in the media as a soft power and a testimony that serves our national goals, far from sectarian fanaticism. This is natural, and Saudi Arabia has already attracted this globally beloved icon due to our global excellence in serving pilgrims, and economically, health-wise, politically, in humanitarian services, peace, relief, and environmentally.
    • Liverpool star welcomes Ronaldo’s company at Al-Nassr Liverpool star Luis Diaz appeared happy in a widely circulated video on social media when he was asked about moving to Al-Nassr club during the current summer transfer period and playing alongside Portuguese star Cristiano Ronaldo. In recent hours, a video circulated by the famous Colombian content creator, Linda, in which the Liverpool player stated that he wishes to see himself playing with Ronaldo at Al-Nassr in the future, as it will provide him with excellent passes.
    • Sindi nominates himself for Al-Ittihad presidency Fahd Sindi, a member of Al-Ittihad Club’s Board of Directors, officially announced his candidacy for the club’s board presidency, succeeding the former president, Luay Mashaabi, who announced his departure from the presidency after the end of the last season. Fahd Sindi addressed a message to Al-Ittihad club members and fans through his official account on the X platform, stating: “In an exceptional season where the spirit of Al-Ittihad embodied all its meanings, and the Dean was crowned with a wonderful double.
    • Green Hand starts Eastern Province camp The training sessions for the Saudi national handball youth team began at the open indoor camp held in the Eastern Province, specifically at Prince Nayef bin Abdulaziz Sports City Hall in Qatif during the period from July 7 to 12. This comes as part of the preparation program for the World Championship scheduled to be held in Egypt from August 5 to 15, 2025.
    • Newcastle agrees to sign Swedish Isak English club Newcastle United has agreed to a $75 million deal to sign Swedish striker Alexander Isak from Real Sociedad, marking their first transfer of the summer window, according to media reports on Tuesday. The Athletic, BBC, and Sky Sports announced that the Swedish international is on his way to St. James’ Park.
    • Ancelotti coaches Botafogo Brazilian first-division football club Botafogo announced the appointment of Davide Ancelotti, son of Brazilian national team coach Carlo Ancelotti, as the team’s coach. Davide, 35, who worked as an assistant to his father at Bayern Munich, Napoli, Everton, and most recently at Real Madrid, signed a one-year contract with Botafogo.
    • Szczesny stays with Barcelona Barcelona football club announced that Polish goalkeeper Wojciech Szczesny has extended his contract with the club until 2027, according to the Spanish League champions of the past season. The Catalan giant announced in a statement regarding its 35-year-old goalkeeper: “Barcelona club and its player Wojciech Szczesny have reached an agreement to extend his contract with the club until June 30, 2027”.
    • Musiala out for five months Bayern Munich’s German star Jamal Musiala will be out for a “long period” after suffering a fractured fibula and dislocated ankle during the Club World Cup on Sunday, according to an announcement by the German football champions. The 22-year-old German international suffered the injury during a collision with Paris Saint-Germain’s Italian goalkeeper Gianluigi Donnarumma in the quarter-final match, which the French capital club won 2-0 on Saturday in Atlanta.
    • Croatian Rakitic retires Croatian international Ivan Rakitic, who spent most of his career with Spanish clubs Sevilla and Barcelona, announced his retirement from football on Monday at the age of 37. Rakitic wrote a message on social media about his career: “Football, you have given me more than I ever dreamed of, you have given me friends, joy, emotions, and tears”.
    • Green Futsal participates in Continental Championship The Saudi national futsal team will participate in the Continental Futsal Championship 2025, hosted by Thailand from July 29 to August 3, 2025. Seven national teams will participate in the tournament: Saudi Arabia, Thailand (host), Belarus, New Zealand, Australia, Zambia, and Chinese Taipei.
    • In the Net The Club World Cup is nearing its end, with Real Madrid and Paris Saint-Germain playing in the semi-finals. Initial predictions and preferences do not favor one team over the other, as both are equally strong European teams.
    • Al-Hamal: We prepared Al-Khaleej for the upcoming administration Al-Khaleej Club President, Alaa Al-Hamal, dispelled the concerns of the fans about the club’s inability to handle the upcoming administration after his presidency ended, stating: “Everything I could do to prepare the team, which is about to start its training soon, is done”. Al-Hamal assured Al-Khaleej fans about the future of the football team, saying that “things are under control, and all the files of foreign and local players are ready, as they have been submitted to the association for approval, and then they will be announced through the club’s official channels”.
    • Registration opens for football coaching courses The Technical Department of the Saudi Football Federation announced the opening of registration for football coaching courses for the 2025-2026 sports season. This comes within the framework of continuing to implement the technical development plan and connecting target groups with the latest training and educational developments.
    • Women’s national team concludes Asian participation The Saudi women’s national team concluded its first participation in the Asian Qualifiers for the 2026 Asian Cup, which was held in the Cambodian capital, Phnom Penh, as part of the group that included the national teams of the Philippines, Hong Kong, and Cambodia. During the qualifiers, which lasted from June 29 to July 3, the Green Falcons played three matches.
    • Al-Taif… Authenticity and Beauty Al-Taif has moved beyond being merely known as one of the most prominent and attractive tourist destinations in the Kingdom, to a stage where its components have elevated it to the level of competitive integration, making it a destination that greatly contributes to enriching the tourist experience. It is characterized by its unique geographical location, which offers a wide range of options for visitors and tourists to enjoy a unique experience and live unforgettable moments in its familiar surroundings.
    • Tourism in Al-Baha… Increasing Demand The tourist sites in Al-Baha region are witnessing increasing demand from visitors and locals during these days, benefiting from the moderate summer weather that characterizes the region, and what it holds of charming nature and breathtaking mountain terrains. Visitors and locals flocked to a number of famous parks and forests, such as Raghdan Forest, Prince Hussam Park, and Al-Safa Heights, where visitors enjoyed the beauty of nature and green spaces.
    • “Summer of Najran”… Entertainment and Cultural Options The “Summer of Najran” festival, organized by the Najran Region Municipality under the slogan “Saifna Hail,” offers a wide range of recreational, cultural, and sports activities that meet the needs of all community members, in a pleasant atmosphere. The municipality has prepared over 160 municipal parks and gardens, and a main pedestrian walkway, to welcome visitors in cooperation and coordination with various government and private entities, enabling them to enjoy the festival’s activities, which will last for 45 days.
    • Sudah Asir… Hail and Rain A delightful journey of continuous rain formed a joyful scene for tourists and visitors to these high mountains, whose elevation reaches over 3000 feet above sea level. These atmospheres were inspired by the hail and abundant rain that covered the region, transforming it into a beautiful painting on these towering heights and their agricultural terraces.
    • “The Destination”… A Film Documenting a Nation’s Journey The Saudi Ministry of Media, through its “Treasures of Saudi Arabia” initiative, launched the documentary film “The Destination,” as part of its efforts to document the major national transformations. The film tells the story of the Kingdom in confronting challenges and achieving qualitative achievements in various fields, as part of the national transformation journey for Saudi Vision 2030.
    • Cultural Workshop to Discuss Mechanisms for Introducing Intangible Heritage A cultural workshop organized by “Baitukum… Ya Hii” in Aseer region discussed the new generations’ relationship with intangible heritage, and mechanisms for introducing them to traditional arts, some of which were almost lost with modern technological developments. The researcher, Muhammad Al-Baqami, presented the workshop activities at the “Qusoor Abu Al-Khashab” – 11 km northwest of Abha – attended by a group of those interested in culture and arts, under the main theme “Aseer… We are the Living Heritage”.
    • Chinese University Signs Agreement with “Research and Communication” The Research and Knowledge Communication Center in Riyadh hosted a high-level academic delegation from the China and Arab Countries Studies Institute at Ningxia University, as part of a visit during which a discussion session was held titled: “Exploring avenues of cooperation between the Research and Knowledge Communication Center and Ningxia University”. The Chinese delegation included Professor Ke Guoji, President of Ningxia University, Dr. Peng Zhihong, Deputy Secretary-General of the Self-Governing Region’s Education Committee, and Mr. Zhao Yafeng, Director of the Office of International Cooperation and Exchange, Dr. Gu Haian, Party Branch Secretary of the College of Foreign Languages, Professor Wang Li, Executive Dean of the College of Advanced Interdisciplinary Studies, and Professor Liu Dongning, Professor of Arabic Language at the University.
    • Launch of an educational program between King Salman Complex and “SAR” The King Salman Global Academy for the Arabic Language launched the “Arabic Language Teaching for Non-Native Speakers” program in cooperation with the Saudi Railways “SAR”. This comes within the Academy’s efforts to support the use of the Arabic language in professional and specialized contexts, and to enhance its presence in various work sectors, in line with the objectives of the Human Capability Development Program.
    • “From the Secrets of the Wolf” The researcher: Faihan bin Bajad Al-Otaibi completed a book about the wolf titled: “From the Secrets of the Wolf… Its Life in the Arabian Peninsula”. The book, consisting of 133 pages, covered many topics about the wolf, most notably: the wolf in the Holy Quran and prophetic hadith, the wolf’s message, its testimony before us, its intelligence in proverbs, the wolf’s age, its way of walking during night and day, its method of attack, the difference between a den and a lair, the wolf’s approach to prey, its way of chasing camels, attacking humans, the wolf and eating jinns, its access to water, the wolf’s situation with the hunting dog, the wolf’s revenge and leap, the difference between wolves, the migration of the wolf, the belief of pre-Islamic Arabs in it, and stories and situations with the wolf.
    • Reflections on the Age of Fake Fame During my viewing of the الخليجي series “Afkar Ommi” yesterday, a scene caught my attention that reflected a painful reality we have been living for a long time. This reality is imposed on us by the social media figures who offer nothing relevant to our lives and have no connection to us. In the “Afkar Ommi” series, artistic personalities emerged who played roles that, despite their lack of conviction, some artists have abandoned for years.
    • Hour Al-Abdullah sets the emotional timing “hour by hour” The Saudi artist, Hour Al-Abdullah, released her new song “Hour by Hour,” a lyrical work that breathes emotion and captures the details of waiting and longing in a contemporary dramatic and lyrical style. She collaborated with the poet Hamid Al-Gharbawi for the lyrics, and Maytham Alaa El-Din for the melody and arrangement.
    • “Talal and Halim”… Beauty not born of comfort The creativity has been linked to the psychological state throughout history, that deep sensitivity that grants the artist an exceptional ability to perceive what others cannot see or hear. This state is not madness in its medical sense, but an internal transcendence, and a passion that leads him to delve into the layers of the soul and hope.
    • “Pillars of Gulf Art” documents the authentic experience of pioneers A new book titled “Pillars of Gulf Art” was recently published by the National Council for Culture, Arts, and Literature. In it, Dr. Khaled Al-Qallaf, the academic researcher, delves into the research and documentation journey of a number of pioneers who contributed to shaping the features of vocal art in the Arabian Gulf.
    • Omar Al-Jasser is a member of the “Mednine” Film Festival jury The Higher Authority for the Madnin Cities Administration, the general secretariat of the Arab Union for Cinemas – represented by director Dr. Omar Al-Jasser – approved the jury for the 28th session of the Mednin International Film Festival in Jerba, from October 25-28. Al-Jasser expressed his thanks and appreciation to the festival administration for this nomination, hoping for the success of the 2025 Mednin Film Festival.
    • Walid Al-Shami agrees with Rotana Music As an extension of the brilliant and successful journey that united the star Walid Al-Shami with Rotana Music Group over the past years, the two parties have agreed on a new cooperation contract for five more years. The contract signing ceremony took place yesterday at Rotana Music Group’s offices, presided over by Professor Salem Al-Hindi, the CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Rotana Music Group.
    • Kuwaiti Sheikh cured his servant of smallpox with the scent of a bustard bird The previous disease of smallpox, which was endemic in the region and other parts of the Arabian Peninsula, spread from the early thirties of the twentieth century in the Najd region before turning into a widespread epidemic that swept across the entire Najd region in 1939 (1358 AH). Violet Dickson, the British author, states in her book “Forty Years in Kuwait” that the disease began to infiltrate Kuwait from Najd in the early thirties through Najdi patients who visited Kuwait’s markets to buy their food supplies and goods.
    • Who wants the summer resort while the heat is upon him… The Kingdom has wonderful resorts The poet Saleh Al-Bashiri from Al-Qassim wrote a verse last week. It says: “O you who seek the summer resort while the heat is upon you… The Kingdom has wonderful resorts”.
    • Modern Environment The Northern Borders region is witnessing increasing demand during the summer season. This is especially true for pedestrian walkways and sports facilities, as locals flock to them, reflecting a growing community awareness of the importance of a healthy lifestyle.
    • The Golden Weaver… An Engineer of Nests The golden weaver, or “Al-Nassaj,” is considered one of the most skilled and intricate birds in building nests globally. It possesses amazing natural abilities in weaving its nests with threads of grass, using its beak and small claws to create precise geometric designs, making its nest a natural masterpiece hanging between branches.
    • “Resin”… A Craft Mimicking Ha’il and its Landmarks The “Resin Art” pavilion showcased its artistic works and designs, inspired by Ha’il’s diverse nature and unique landmarks, at the “Al-Bait Beitkum… Ya Hay” exhibition, in its fourth edition at Aja Park in Ha’il. This was met with admiration from art connoisseurs and enthusiasts, and the festive, cultural, heritage, and entertainment atmosphere surrounding the festival added to its beauty.
    • Real Estate Registration Begins in Eastern Province and Makkah The General Real Estate Authority announced the start of in-kind real estate registration for 14,878 real estate parcels in 20 neighborhoods in Al-Ahsa Governorate, Eastern Province, starting from July 27, 2025 (corresponding to Safar 2, 1447 AH) until October 23, 2025 (corresponding to Rabi’ Al-Awwal 1, 1447 AH). In-kind real estate registration will begin in Makkah Region, specifically in Jeddah Governorate, from August 24, 2025, until November 27, 2025 (corresponding to Jumada Al-Akhirah 6, 1447 AH).
    • 11.8 Million Judicial Electronic Notifications in Six Months The Ministry of Justice revealed that the number of notifications sent electronically to parties in judicial cases reached over 11.8 million messages during the first half of the current year 2025. Electronic notification contributed to enhancing the effectiveness of judicial procedures and reducing the duration of the first session, which in turn enhances the quality of judicial guarantees for parties in legal cases and achieves justice.
    • “WSIS” The Kingdom… Excellence in the Forum The Kingdom won the Grand Prize and 3 Certificates of Excellence at the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) forum, organized by the International Telecommunication Union in partnership with several UN organizations in Geneva. This recognition came for its innovative projects, competing with over 194 countries.
    • Yemeni Al-Houthi resumes attacks on commercial ships A cargo ship has been under continuous attack in the Red Sea off the coast of Yemen since Monday, leaving “severe damage” to the ship, according to an update to the British Maritime Trade Operations Authority’s report on Monday. The authority stated that the ship “suffered severe damage and lost propulsion… it is surrounded by small boats and is under continuous attack,” adding that “authorities are investigating the matter”.
    • US President: Sanctions on Iran will be lifted at the appropriate time US President Donald Trump said he wants to lift tough US sanctions on Iran at the appropriate time. Speaking to reporters on Monday evening after meeting Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, Trump said the latest move would escalate a similar step by Iran, expressing his hope that “I want to be able, at the appropriate time, to lift those sanctions and give them a chance to rebuild, because I want to see Iran rebuild itself peacefully, not to repeat slogans like: Death to America, Death to the United States, Death to Israel, as they used to do”.
    • BRICS: Between limited interest and benefit for Russia Russian President Vladimir Putin was the strongest supporter of the BRICS group, an international grouping that until recently included Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. In 2024, the group’s membership was expanded to include Ethiopia, Iran, and the United Arab Emirates, and Indonesia. Other countries from what Russia calls the “Global Majority” have also submitted applications to join the group and are expected to join in the coming years.
    • “Climate Change” Impacts Global Agricultural Productivity Climate change limits the ability of agricultural crops to provide food, as the productivity of calories for six of them, and for wheat and rice, will decrease globally by between 11% and 24% by the year 2100, even if agricultural practices adapt to warming, according to a study published recently. The study, published in the journal “Nature,” states that for every additional degree Celsius of warming, the world’s ability to produce food will decrease by 120 calories per person per day, which is equivalent to 4.4% of the daily consumption starting from the reference period chosen by the researchers, which is the beginning of the first decade of the twenty-first century.

    Download PDF Newspaper

    01
    Download PDF Newspaper in Arabic Language : Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 9, 2025

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • English Made Easy: Volume Two

    English Made Easy: Volume Two

    This document presents the table of contents and introductory pages for an English as a Second Language (ESL) textbook titled “English Made Easy Volume Two: A New ESL Approach: Learning English Through Pictures.” The book is structured into 20 units, including regular revision sections, each focusing on specific functions, grammatical concepts, and topics relevant to real-life communication. It emphasizes a picture-based learning approach designed for both self-guided students and classroom use, aiming to teach English usage rather than just grammatical rules. The publisher, Tuttle Publishing, specializes in books that bridge Eastern and Western cultures, with a strong focus on Asian languages and arts.

    English Made Easy: Talking About Family

    “Family relationships” is a core topic addressed in Unit 1 of “English Made Easy Volume Two”. The primary objective of this unit is to teach learners how to talk about family members.

    The curriculum introduces a variety of terms related to family connections, including:

    • Direct Relatives: father, daughter, brother, sister.
    • Extended Family: uncle, aunt, cousin, grandfather, grandmother, nephew, niece.
    • In-laws: daughter-in-law, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, son-in-law.

    To facilitate learning, Unit 1 provides practical examples through descriptive lists, such as “The Benson Family”. These lists illustrate how different family members are related, for instance, “Jim is Anne’s father” and “Marge is Anne’s aunt”. Learners also engage in practice activities, like completing “The Taylor Family” relationships, which helps reinforce their understanding and use of these terms in context.

    The learning approach of “English Made Easy” emphasizes practical usage over explicit grammatical rules, especially for beginners. While the grammar structures informing Unit 1 include imperatives, paired verbs, prepositions, and the definite article, the book’s philosophy suggests that students learn by “observing, discovering and practicing how language is used” in real-life social situations. This means that the discussion of family relationships is designed to be highly functional and immediately applicable through pictures and contextual examples, rather than focusing on the theoretical underpinnings of grammar.

    English Made Easy: Everyday Life Applications

    While the term “Daily activities” is not explicitly listed as a primary “TOPIC” in the table of contents for “English Made Easy Volume Two”, the curriculum extensively covers functions, grammar, and vocabulary that are directly applicable to discussing everyday routines and actions. The book aims to provide learners with “easy access to the vocabulary, grammar and functions of English as it is actually used in a comprehensive range of social situations”.

    Here’s how the sources touch upon elements of daily activities:

    • Household Routines and Chores:
    • Unit 1 introduces phrases related to managing a household, such as “lay the table,” “make the toast,” “butter the toast,” “pass the milk,” “clear the table,” and “load the dishwasher“.
    • Unit 3 includes vocabulary related to different areas of a home, like “backyard,” “dining room,” “kitchen,” and “bathroom,” where many daily activities take place.
    • Unit 6 provides phrases for operating electronic appliances, including “turn on,” “turn off,” “turn up,” and “turn down” (presumably for devices like radios or televisions). It also explicitly mentions “do the dishes“.
    • Personal Care and Appearance:
    • Unit 7 includes the phrase “I’m combing my hair“, indicating a personal grooming activity. It also lists “make-up” as a topic.
    • Unit 11 focuses on “Clothes”, covering vocabulary like “bra,” “dress,” “hat,” “jumper,” “jeans,” “shirt,” “skirt,” “socks,” “suit,” “tee shirt,” “tie,” and “trousers”. It includes phrases such as “She’s dressing herself” and “I’m wearing a hat,” which are common daily actions related to clothing. The unit also covers describing problems with clothes like “creased” or “torn”.
    • Unit 13 mentions “take off” and “put on” in relation to clothing, as in “You should take off your jacket”.
    • Communication and Correspondence:
    • Unit 1 highlights “Communicating with friends” and “Correspondence” as functions and topics. It introduces words like “letter,” “envelope,” “email,” “postcard,” and “fax”, all tools used in daily communication.
    • Travel and Commuting:
    • Unit 2 addresses “Describing time” and “Checking details”, with phrases like “be late,” “be early,” and “on time“, which are relevant to daily commutes or appointments. It also covers “Timetables and deadlines”.
    • Unit 7 includes “Traveling on public transport” as a function and “Travel” as a topic.
    • Leisure and Entertainment:
    • Unit 6 explicitly lists “Television programs” as a topic.
    • Unit 17 focuses on “Eating in restaurants” and “Food”, covering the social activity of dining out and discussing meals.
    • Shopping and Financial Transactions:
    • Unit 14 covers “Buying goods” and “Renting services,” as well as “Financial transactions”, which are frequent daily activities.
    • Unit 16 continues this theme with “Shopping,” “Prices, discounts and sales,” and “Sizes”.
    • Health and Wellness:
    • Unit 13 focuses on “Describing medical problems,” “Symptoms,” and “Treatments”, which are aspects of daily life, particularly when health issues arise. It also includes advice such as “You should stop smoking” or “You need more exercise“.
    • Making Plans and Describing Frequency:
    • Unit 4 teaches “Making plans”, a common daily or weekly activity.
    • Unit 18 introduces “Adverbs of frequency” such as “always,” “never,” “often,” “rarely,” and “sometimes“, which are essential for describing how often various daily activities occur.

    The “English Made Easy” approach emphasizes learning “by observing, discovering and practicing how language is used” in “real-life social situations”. Therefore, while “Daily activities” might not be a labeled unit, its components are thoroughly integrated across various units through practical vocabulary, phrases, and functions, allowing learners to effectively communicate about their everyday lives.

    English Made Easy: Navigating Travel and Transport

    “English Made Easy Volume Two” addresses the topics of travel and transport by equipping learners with the vocabulary, grammar, and functions necessary for navigating various related social situations. While not a single dedicated unit, these concepts are integrated across several units.

    Here’s how the sources outline the discussion of travel and transport:

    • Core Topics and Functions:
    • Travel is explicitly listed as a topic in Unit 7 and is included in the comprehensive index.
    • Public transport is a key function taught in Unit 7, enabling learners to discuss using modes of shared transportation. It is also identified as a topic in the index.
    • The broader term Transport is listed as a topic in the index, encompassing various means of movement.
    • Timetables and deadlines are crucial topics covered in Unit 2, which helps learners manage schedules related to travel. This topic is also found in the index.
    • Related functions include describing time and checking details, both taught in Unit 2, which are essential for coordinating travel plans and verifying information.
    • Reporting events is another function from Unit 2 that can be applied to sharing travel experiences.
    • Describing size and distance, covered in Unit 14, provides the language needed to discuss distances traveled or dimensions of travel-related items.
    • Making plans, a function in Unit 4, is broadly applicable to planning journeys.
    • Saying goodbye, taught in Unit 19, is a common social interaction associated with departures and travel.
    • Vocabulary and Phrases for Travel & Transport:
    • Time-related phrases from Unit 2 include: “be late,” “be early,” and “on time“. Learners also practice adverbs of frequency like “always,” “never,” “often,” “rarely,” and “sometimes,” which can describe the regularity of transport services or personal travel habits. For example, a practice sentence is “This bus is always on time“.
    • Public transport specific vocabulary from Unit 7 includes: “attendant,” “exit,” “kiosk,” “newsagent,” “platform,” “return,” “single,” “ticket office,” and “via“. The ability to ask “Which one?” is also taught for seeking clarification, which is useful when choosing routes or services.
    • General travel terms introduced across different units include: “airport” (seen in Unit 5 exercises), “flight” (also in Unit 5 exercises), and “bus“. Phrases like “arrive at,” “depart from,” and “take off” are presented in Unit 1. The phrase “change my flight” appears in Unit 19, relevant for travel alterations. Asking “How far is Meltone?” is an example of inquiring about distance from Unit 14.
    • Relevant Grammar Structures:
    • Reported speech (Unit 2) allows learners to convey information about travel arrangements or past events related to journeys.
    • Present and past participles used as adjectives (Unit 2) can describe travel experiences, such as “Shopping is tiring. She is tired“, which could be extended to travel experiences.
    • Wh-questions (Unit 8) are fundamental for asking about travel details, such as “When will you finish?,” “Who’s coming?,” “How is she coming?,” “Where is she coming from?,” “When is she coming?,” and “Why is she coming?“. The unit also teaches how to state “how long something takes“.
    • Prepositions (Units 1, 3, 9) are critical for describing locations and movements, aiding in giving or understanding directions relevant to travel.
    • Present continuous with future meaning (Unit 4) is used for discussing future travel plans, as in “What are you doing on Sunday?“.
    • Modals of possibility (Unit 9) enable learners to express uncertainty or likelihood about travel situations.
    • Comparatives (Units 7, 12, 16) help in discussing and comparing different travel options, such as “A truck is safer than a motorbike” or comparing prices of travel services.
    • Conditionals (Units 6, 18) allow for conversations about hypothetical travel scenarios and their consequences.

    The “English Made Easy” approach focuses on providing learners with “easy access to the vocabulary, grammar and functions of English as it is actually used in a comprehensive range of social situations”. The book teaches “how to use English” by having students learn “by observing, discovering and practicing how language is used” through “pictures and text” in “real-life social situations,” rather than by explicitly teaching grammatical rules at a beginner level. This practical methodology ensures that learners can effectively communicate about travel and transport in various contexts.

    English Made Easy: Discussing Health and Injuries

    “English Made Easy Volume Two” provides comprehensive language instruction for discussing Health & injuries, integrating this topic across several units to equip learners with practical communication skills in real-life social situations.

    Here’s a detailed breakdown of how the sources discuss Health & injuries:

    • Core Topics and Functions:
    • Health is explicitly listed as a topic in Volume 1, indicating its importance in the broader curriculum.
    • Injuries are specifically covered as a topic in Unit 12.
    • Medical problems are a primary topic in Unit 13, along with Symptoms and Treatments.
    • The book teaches learners How to describe medical problems, which is a key function in Unit 13.
    • Another crucial function in Unit 13 is How to make recommendations related to health issues.
    • Giving advice is a function taught in Unit 12, directly applicable to health and injuries.
    • Describing interrupted events (Unit 13) can also be relevant for explaining how an injury occurred, such as “I was having breakfast when the phone rang”.
    • The topic of Feelings (Unit 2) and Emotions (Volume 1 index) are also relevant, as they allow learners to express how they feel when unwell or injured.
    • Key Vocabulary and Phrases:
    • Unit 11 introduces vocabulary related to physical damage, such as “hole“.
    • Unit 12 provides terms and phrases specifically for injuries and repairs:
    • Words: “bench,” “dentist,” “fix,” “injuries,” “motorbike,” “move,” “pack,” “repairs,” “truck,” “unpack,” “x-ray“.
    • Phrases: “you’d better,” “you should,” “good idea,” “have it . . . -ed“.
    • Practice Sentences: “I’ve got a toothache,” “You’d better take an umbrella,” “We’d better have it checked?,” “I’ll have it fixed,” “Can you move your arm?“. Comparing safety is also included: “A truck is safer than a motorbike“.
    • Unit 13 focuses extensively on medical issues with a broad vocabulary:
    • Parts of the body: “arm,” “chest,” “eye,” “finger,” “hair,” “knee,” “mouth,” “nose,” “thumb,” “tongue“.
    • Medical problems and symptoms: “band aid,” “bandage,” “bite,” “bruised,” “cough,” “crutches,” “cut,” “itchy,” “rash,” “scratch,” “swollen,” “vomit“.
    • Treatments and related terms: “caution,” “danger,” “few,” “medicine,” “prescription,” “rest,” “soon,” “tablet,” “until“.
    • Phrases for recommendations and actions: “take off” (clothing), “put on” (clothing), “stay in bed,” “stop smoking“.
    • Practice Sentences: “You should take off your jacket,” “You need more exercise,” “You should stop smoking,” “I burnt my arm,” “You can’t go until your bedroom is tidy“.
    • Revision Unit 15 reinforces many of these concepts through practice exercises. For example, questions and answers include:
    • What’s the matter?” – “I hurt myself“.
    • Does it hurt?” – “Yes, it does“.
    • My watch is broken.” – “You’d better have it fixed“.
    • I’ve got a bad cough.” – “You should stop smoking“.
    • There’s a mark on my new shirt.” – “You should get a refund“.
    • My hand’s swollen.” – “You’d better see a doctor“.
    • I’m very tired.” – “You need to rest“.
    • I’ve got a toothache.” – “You’d better go to the dentist“.
    • I burnt my hand.” – “You might need a bandage“.
    • These trousers are torn.” – “You should get a refund“.
    • We’ve walked ten kilometers.” – “You must be tired“.
    • What’s the matter?” – “I’ve got a rash on my arm“.
    • Previous units also introduce general terms like “accident” (Unit 2), which can be related to injuries.
    • Relevant Grammar Structures:
    • Modals of obligation (Unit 13) such as “should” and “need” are central to making recommendations or giving advice for health issues.
    • Causatives (Unit 12) are used to express having something done, as in “I’ll have it fixed”.
    • Comparatives (Unit 12) allow for comparing conditions or treatments, e.g., “A truck is safer than a motorbike”.
    • Adjectives with “un-“ (Unit 12) describe negative states, such as “uncomfortable”.
    • Interrupted past (Unit 13) helps describe the context in which an event (like an injury) occurred, using structures like “I was having breakfast when the phone rang”.
    • “You’d better…” (Unit 12) is a direct and strong way to give advice.
    • “Wh-questions” (Unit 8) are essential for asking about symptoms or causes of health problems, e.g., “When will you finish?,” “Who’s coming?,” “Why is she coming?“.

    The teaching methodology of “English Made Easy” focuses on learning “by observing, discovering and practicing how language is used” in “real-life social situations” through “pictures and text”. This means that while grammar structures like modals of obligation or comparatives inform the book’s design, new students are not expected to “clutter their learning with grammatical labels and rules” at a beginner level. Instead, they learn to apply these structures naturally to discuss health and injuries through practical examples and exercises.

    English Made Easy: Shopping and Finance Language Skills

    “English Made Easy Volume Two” equips learners with the necessary language skills to discuss Shopping & finance in a comprehensive range of social situations. These topics are specifically addressed across several units, particularly Unit 14 focusing on financial transactions and Unit 16 on shopping.

    Here’s a breakdown of how the sources discuss these areas:

    1. Core Topics & Functions:

    • Shopping is a dedicated topic in Unit 16. This unit teaches functions such as choosing prices and sizes.
    • Financial transactions are a core topic in Unit 14, along with measurement and simple maths.
    • Key functions related to finance include buying goods and renting services, and describing size and distance.
    • The broader concept of Money is also a listed topic, as are Prices, discounts and sales.

    2. Key Vocabulary and Phrases:

    The sources introduce a wide array of vocabulary and phrases essential for shopping and financial discussions:

    • For Buying and Renting (Unit 14):Words include: battery, borrow, car rental firm, centimeter, check, damage, deposit, discount, distance, drill, driver’s license, equals, exchange, far, fill out (a form), form, handbag, hammer, height, high, include, insurance (company), kilometer, lend, length, lights, limit, long, meter, minus, mirror, panel beater, percent, plus, point, receipt, refund, registration number, rent, saw, scarf, sign, signature, total price, unlimited, wheel, wide, width, windsurfer.
    • Phrases taught are: “for sale,” “total price,” “divided by,” and “multiplied by“.
    • Practice sentences demonstrate usage, such as: “Can I borrow your saw, please?“, “Could I have a receipt, please?“, “Can I have a refund, please?“, “You need a ten percent deposit.“, and “Does that include ten percent discount?“.
    • For Shopping, Prices, and Sizes (Unit 16):Words include: other, price, sale, same, size, special.
    • Phrases are: “half price,” “anything else,” “just right,” “other one,” “over there,” “try on,” and “pair of“.
    • Examples of sentences used for practice are: “They are the same price.“, “They’re only half price.“, “They’re just right.“, “It’s too much.“, “Would you like anything else?“, and “Can I try them on?“.
    • The revision unit (Unit 20) reinforces size-related phrases like: “Is your shirt too big? No, it’s just right.“, “Is the skirt too long? No, it’s too short.“, “The jacket’s too big. I’ll get a smaller size.“, and “This is too small. I’ll get a larger size.“.
    • General Finance & Shopping Terms:The index lists terms such as bank, bill, cash, cent, credit card, dollar, extra, money, percent, price, refund, receipt, shop, and supermarket.
    • The concept of “enough money” is practiced in Unit 3 and Unit 10, with a sentence like: “Can we buy a new suitcase? Have we got enough money?“.

    3. Relevant Grammar Structures:

    While “English Made Easy” prioritizes practical language use over explicit grammar rules, several structures underpin discussions about shopping and finance:

    • Grammar of numbers (Unit 14) is crucial for handling prices, quantities, and mathematical operations. For example, “Eight divided by four equals two.“.
    • Comparatives are used in Unit 16 to compare items based on price or size, as seen in “The big one is more expensive than the small one.“. Unit 12 also includes “Comparatives with than”.
    • “Too + adjective” and “Not… enough” (Unit 9) are applied in Unit 16 and revision units for describing sizes, such as “too small,” “too big,” or “not big enough”.
    • Modals of deduction (Unit 11) like “must be” and “might be” could be used for speculating about prices or product availability.

    The book’s methodology emphasizes learning “by observing, discovering and practicing how language is used” in “real-life social situations”. This practical approach ensures that learners are well-prepared to engage in everyday shopping activities and financial interactions.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog